Upload
zahid-mehboob
View
65
Download
9
Embed Size (px)
Citation preview
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerV900R008C12
BSC Hardware Description
Issue 05
Date 2010-09-20
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2010. All rights reserved.No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior writtenconsent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Trademarks and Permissions
and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective holders. NoticeThe purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and thecustomer. All or part of the products, services and features described in this document may not be within thepurchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, all statements, information,and recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS" without warranties, guarantees or representationsof any kind, either express or implied.
The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in thepreparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, andrecommendations in this document do not constitute the warranty of any kind, express or implied.
Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.Address: Huawei Industrial Base
Bantian, LonggangShenzhen 518129People's Republic of China
Website: http://www.huawei.com
Email: [email protected]
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
i
About This Document
PurposeThis document describes the hardware components of the BSC. It provides the users with adetailed and comprehensive reference to the Huawei BSC.
Product VersionThe following table lists the product version related to this document.
Product Name Product Model Product Version
BSC BSC6000 V900R008C12
Intended AudienceThis document is intended for:
l BSC installersl BSC site maintenance personnel
Organization1 Changes in BSC Hardware Description
This provides the changes of the BSC Hardware Description.
2 BSC Physical Structure
This describes the physical structure of the BSC, including the cabinet, cables, LMT computers,and alarm box.
3 BSC Hardware Configuration Modes
The BSC has three hardware configuration modes: BM/TC separated, BM/TC combined, andA over IP.
4 BSC Cabinet
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description About This Document
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iii
The BSC uses the Huawei N68E-22 cabinet. The cabinet is designed in compliance withIEC60297 and IEEE standards.
5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)
This describes the components, cable connections, and engineering specifications of the GBCRthat is configured with the GBAM.
6 GBCR (Configuration Type B)
This describes the components, cable connections, and engineering specifications of the GBCRthat is configured with the GOMU.
7 GBSR Cabinet
The GBSR processes the services of the BSC. A maximum of three GBSRs can be configured,depending on traffic volume.
8 BSC Subracks
This describes BSC subracks. BSC subracks are used to integrate boards and backplanes intoan independent unit. BSC subracks are functionally classified into the GSM main processingsubrack (GMPS), GSM extended processing subrack (GEPS), and GSM transcoder subrack(GTCS).
9 BSC Boards
This describes the boards in the BSC.
10 BSC Cables
This describes the cables of the BSC.
11 LEDs on BSC Parts
This describes the LEDs on the power distribution box and the panels.
12 DIP Switches on BSC Parts
This describes the DIP switches on the subracks and the boards.
ConventionsSymbol Conventions
The symbols that may be found in this document are defined as follows.
Symbol Description
Indicates a hazard with a high level of risk, which if notavoided,will result in death or serious injury.
Indicates a hazard with a medium or low level of risk, whichif not avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury.
Indicates a potentially hazardous situation, which if notavoided,could result in equipment damage, data loss,performance degradation, or unexpected results.
About This DocumentHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
iv Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
Symbol Description
Indicates a tip that may help you solve a problem or savetime.
Provides additional information to emphasize or supplementimportant points of the main text.
General Conventions
The general conventions that may be found in this document are defined as follows.
Convention Description
Times New Roman Normal paragraphs are in Times New Roman.
Boldface Names of files, directories, folders, and users are inboldface. For example, log in as user root.
Italic Book titles are in italics.
Courier New Examples of information displayed on the screen are inCourier New.
Command Conventions
The command conventions that may be found in this document are defined as follows.
Convention Description
Boldface The keywords of a command line are in boldface.
Italic Command arguments are in italics.
[ ] Items (keywords or arguments) in brackets [ ] are optional.
{ x | y | ... } Optional items are grouped in braces and separated byvertical bars. One item is selected.
[ x | y | ... ] Optional items are grouped in brackets and separated byvertical bars. One item is selected or no item is selected.
{ x | y | ... }* Optional items are grouped in braces and separated byvertical bars. A minimum of one item or a maximum of allitems can be selected.
[ x | y | ... ]* Optional items are grouped in brackets and separated byvertical bars. Several items or no item can be selected.
GUI Conventions
The GUI conventions that may be found in this document are defined as follows.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description About This Document
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
v
Convention Description
Boldface Buttons, menus, parameters, tabs, window, and dialog titlesare in boldface. For example, click OK.
> Multi-level menus are in boldface and separated by the ">"signs. For example, choose File > Create > Folder.
Keyboard Operations
The keyboard operations that may be found in this document are defined as follows.
Format Description
Key Press the key. For example, press Enter and press Tab.
Key 1+Key 2 Press the keys concurrently. For example, pressing Ctrl+Alt+A means the three keys should be pressed concurrently.
Key 1, Key 2 Press the keys in turn. For example, pressing Alt, A meansthe two keys should be pressed in turn.
Mouse Operations
The mouse operations that may be found in this document are defined as follows.
Action Description
Click Select and release the primary mouse button without movingthe pointer.
Double-click Press the primary mouse button twice continuously andquickly without moving the pointer.
Drag Press and hold the primary mouse button and move thepointer to a certain position.
About This DocumentHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
vi Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
Contents
About This Document...................................................................................................................iii
1 Changes in BSC Hardware Description................................................................................1-1
2 BSC Physical Structure..............................................................................................................2-1
3 BSC Hardware Configuration Modes....................................................................................3-1
4 BSC Cabinet................................................................................................................................4-14.1 Appearance of the BSC Cabinet......................................................................................................................4-24.2 Classification of the BSC Cabinet...................................................................................................................4-3
5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)................................................................................................5-15.1 Components of the GBCR (Configuration Type A).......................................................................................5-35.2 BSC Common Power Distribution Box..........................................................................................................5-6
5.2.1 Front Panel of the BSC Common Power Distribution Box...................................................................5-75.2.2 LEDs on the Front Panel of the BSC Common Power Distribution Box..............................................5-85.2.3 Rear Panel of the BSC Common Power Distribution Box.....................................................................5-85.2.4 Technical Specifications of the BSC Common Power Distribution Box...............................................5-9
5.3 Air Defence Subrack.....................................................................................................................................5-105.4 KVM..............................................................................................................................................................5-115.5 LAN Switch...................................................................................................................................................5-125.6 Cabling Frame...............................................................................................................................................5-145.7 GBAM...........................................................................................................................................................5-15
5.7.1 Functions of the GBAM.......................................................................................................................5-155.7.2 Appearance of the GBAM (IBM X3650T)..........................................................................................5-155.7.3 Appearance of the GBAM (C5210).....................................................................................................5-195.7.4 Appearance of the GBAM (HP CC3310)............................................................................................5-21
5.8 Rear Cable Trough........................................................................................................................................5-255.9 GBCR Cable Connections (Configuration Type A).....................................................................................5-25
5.9.1 Distribution of Power Switches in the GBCR (Configuration Type A)..............................................5-255.9.2 Connections of Power Cables and PGND Cables in the GBCR (Configuration Type A)...................5-265.9.3 Connections of Signal Cables in the GBCR (Configuration Type A).................................................5-30
5.10 Technical Specifications of the GBCR (Configuration Type A)................................................................5-36
6 GBCR (Configuration Type B)................................................................................................6-16.1 Components of the GBCR (Configuration Type B)........................................................................................6-2
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description Contents
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
vii
6.2 BSC High-Power Distribution Box.................................................................................................................6-56.2.1 Front Panel of the BSC High-Power Distribution Box..........................................................................6-66.2.2 LEDs on the Front Panel of the BSC High-Power Distribution Box.....................................................6-66.2.3 Rear Panel of the BSC High-Power Distribution Box...........................................................................6-76.2.4 Technical Specifications of the BSC High-Power Distribution Box.....................................................6-8
6.3 Cable Connections of the GBCR (Configuration Type B).............................................................................6-96.3.1 Distribution of Power Switches in the GBCR (Configuration Type B).................................................6-96.3.2 Connections of Power Cables and PGND Cables in the GBCR (Configuration Type B)...................6-116.3.3 Connections of Signal Cables in the GBCR (Configuration Type B)..................................................6-15
6.4 Technical Specifications of the GBCR (Configuration Type B)..................................................................6-19
7 GBSR Cabinet.............................................................................................................................7-17.1 Components of the GBSR...............................................................................................................................7-27.2 Cable Connections of the GBSR.....................................................................................................................7-5
7.2.1 Distribution of the Power Switches in the GBSR..................................................................................7-67.2.2 Connections of Power Cables and PGND Cables in the GBSR............................................................7-77.2.3 Connections of Signal Cables in the GBSR.........................................................................................7-12
7.3 Technical Specifications of the GBSR..........................................................................................................7-15
8 BSC Subracks..............................................................................................................................8-18.1 Components of the BSC Subrack....................................................................................................................8-28.2 BSC Fan Box...................................................................................................................................................8-4
8.2.1 Fan Box (Configuration PFCU).............................................................................................................8-58.2.2 Fan Box (Configuration PFCB).............................................................................................................8-7
8.3 BSC Slots........................................................................................................................................................8-98.4 DIP Switches on the BSC Subrack...............................................................................................................8-108.5 Configuration of the BSC Subrack................................................................................................................8-12
8.5.1 Configuration of the GMPS (Configuration Type A)..........................................................................8-138.5.2 Configuration of the GMPS (Configuration Type B)..........................................................................8-168.5.3 Configuration of the GEPS..................................................................................................................8-208.5.4 Configuration of the GTCS..................................................................................................................8-23
8.6 Technical Specifications of the BSC Subrack...............................................................................................8-25
9 BSC Boards..................................................................................................................................9-19.1 GEIUA............................................................................................................................................................9-6
9.1.1 Functions of the GEIUA........................................................................................................................9-69.1.2 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) Panel.......................................................................................9-69.1.3 LEDs on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)Panel...................................................................9-79.1.4 Ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) Panel...................................................................9-89.1.5 DIP Switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)...............................................................9-9
9.2 GEIUB...........................................................................................................................................................9-119.2.1 Functions of the GEIUB.......................................................................................................................9-129.2.2 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) Panel.....................................................................................9-129.2.3 LEDs on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)Panel.................................................................9-13
ContentsHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
viii Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
9.2.4 Ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) Panel.................................................................9-149.2.5 DIP Switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa).............................................................9-15
9.3 GEIUP...........................................................................................................................................................9-179.3.1 Functions of the GEIUP.......................................................................................................................9-189.3.2 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) Panel.....................................................................................9-189.3.3 LEDs on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)Panel.................................................................9-199.3.4 Ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) Panel.................................................................9-209.3.5 DIP Switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa).............................................................9-21
9.4 GEIUT...........................................................................................................................................................9-239.4.1 Functions of the GEIUT.......................................................................................................................9-249.4.2 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) Panel.....................................................................................9-249.4.3 LEDs on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)Panel.................................................................9-259.4.4 Ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) Panel.................................................................9-269.4.5 DIP Switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa).............................................................9-27
9.5 GGCU............................................................................................................................................................9-299.5.1 Functions of the GGCU........................................................................................................................9-299.5.2 GGCU Panel.........................................................................................................................................9-309.5.3 LEDs on the GGCU Panel...................................................................................................................9-309.5.4 Ports on the GGCU Panel.....................................................................................................................9-31
9.6 GOIUA..........................................................................................................................................................9-329.6.1 Functions of the GOIUA......................................................................................................................9-329.6.2 GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel...................................................................................9-329.6.3 LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel..............................................................9-339.6.4 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel...............................................................9-349.6.5 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa)..........................................9-35
9.7 GOIUB..........................................................................................................................................................9-359.7.1 Functions of the GOIUB......................................................................................................................9-369.7.2 GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel...................................................................................9-369.7.3 LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel..............................................................9-379.7.4 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel...............................................................9-389.7.5 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa)..........................................9-39
9.8 GOIUP...........................................................................................................................................................9-399.8.1 Functions of the GOIUP.......................................................................................................................9-409.8.2 GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel...................................................................................9-409.8.3 LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel..............................................................9-419.8.4 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel...............................................................9-429.8.5 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa)..........................................9-43
9.9 GOIUT..........................................................................................................................................................9-439.9.1 Functions of the GOIUT......................................................................................................................9-449.9.2 GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel...................................................................................9-449.9.3 LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel..............................................................9-459.9.4 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel...............................................................9-46
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description Contents
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
ix
9.9.5 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa)..........................................9-479.10 GOMU.........................................................................................................................................................9-47
9.10.1 Functions of the GOMU.....................................................................................................................9-489.10.2 GOMU Panel......................................................................................................................................9-489.10.3 LEDs on the GOMU Panel.................................................................................................................9-499.10.4 Ports on the GOMU Panel..................................................................................................................9-50
9.11 GSCU..........................................................................................................................................................9-509.11.1 Functions of the GSCU......................................................................................................................9-519.11.2 GSCU Panel.......................................................................................................................................9-519.11.3 LEDs on the GSCU Panel..................................................................................................................9-529.11.4 Ports on the GSCU Panel...................................................................................................................9-53
9.12 GTNU..........................................................................................................................................................9-539.12.1 Functions of the GTNU......................................................................................................................9-539.12.2 GTNU Panel.......................................................................................................................................9-549.12.3 LEDs on the GTNU Panel..................................................................................................................9-549.12.4 Ports on the GTNU Panel...................................................................................................................9-55
9.13 GXPUM......................................................................................................................................................9-559.13.1 Functions of the GXPUM..................................................................................................................9-569.13.2 GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel...........................................................................................9-569.13.3 LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel......................................................................9-579.13.4 Ports on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel.......................................................................9-58
9.14 GXPUT........................................................................................................................................................9-589.14.1 Functions of the GXPUT....................................................................................................................9-599.14.2 GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel...........................................................................................9-599.14.3 LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel......................................................................9-609.14.4 Ports on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel.......................................................................9-60
9.15 GXPUI.........................................................................................................................................................9-619.15.1 Functions of the GXPUI.....................................................................................................................9-619.15.2 GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel...........................................................................................9-619.15.3 LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel......................................................................9-629.15.4 Ports on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel.......................................................................9-63
9.16 GFGUA.......................................................................................................................................................9-639.16.1 Functions of the GFGUA...................................................................................................................9-649.16.2 GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel...........................................................................................9-649.16.3 LEDs on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel......................................................................9-659.16.4 Ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel.......................................................................9-66
9.17 GFGUB.......................................................................................................................................................9-679.17.1 Functions of the GFGUB...................................................................................................................9-679.17.2 GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel...........................................................................................9-689.17.3 LEDs on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel......................................................................9-689.17.4 Ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel.......................................................................9-69
9.18 GFGUG.......................................................................................................................................................9-70
ContentsHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
x Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
9.18.1 Functions of the GFGUG...................................................................................................................9-719.18.2 GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel...........................................................................................9-719.18.3 LEDs on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel......................................................................9-729.18.4 Ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel.......................................................................9-72
9.19 GOGUA......................................................................................................................................................9-739.19.1 Functions of the GOGUA..................................................................................................................9-749.19.2 GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) Panel.......................................................................................................9-749.19.3 LEDs on the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) Panel..................................................................................9-759.19.4 Ports on the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) Panel...................................................................................9-769.19.5 Technical Specifications of the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa)..............................................................9-76
9.20 GOGUB.......................................................................................................................................................9-779.20.1 Functions of the GOGUB...................................................................................................................9-779.20.2 GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) Panel.......................................................................................................9-789.20.3 LEDs on the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) Panel..................................................................................9-789.20.4 Ports on the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) Panel...................................................................................9-799.20.5 Technical Specifications of the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa)..............................................................9-79
9.21 GEHUB.......................................................................................................................................................9-809.21.1 Functions of the GEHUB...................................................................................................................9-819.21.2 GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) Panel..........................................................................................................9-819.21.3 LEDs on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) Panel.....................................................................................9-829.21.4 Ports on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) Panel......................................................................................9-829.21.5 DIP Switches on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa)..................................................................................9-83
9.22 GEPUG........................................................................................................................................................9-869.22.1 Functions of the GEPUG....................................................................................................................9-869.22.2 GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) Panel..........................................................................................................9-869.22.3 LEDs on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) Panel.....................................................................................9-879.22.4 Ports on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) Panel......................................................................................9-889.22.5 DIP Switches on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa)..................................................................................9-89
9.23 GDPUC.......................................................................................................................................................9-919.23.1 Functions of the GDPUC(DPUa).......................................................................................................9-919.23.2 GDPUC(DPUa) Panel........................................................................................................................9-919.23.3 LEDs on the GDPUC(DPUa) Panel...................................................................................................9-92
9.24 GDPUX.......................................................................................................................................................9-939.24.1 Functions of the GDPUX(DPUc).......................................................................................................9-939.24.2 GDPUX(DPUc) Panel........................................................................................................................9-949.24.3 LEDs on the GDPUX(DPUc) Panel...................................................................................................9-94
9.25 GDPUP........................................................................................................................................................9-959.25.1 Functions of the GDPUP(DPUd).......................................................................................................9-959.25.2 GDPUP(DPUd) Panel........................................................................................................................9-959.25.3 LEDs on the GDPUP(DPUd) Panel...................................................................................................9-96
9.26 MDMC........................................................................................................................................................9-979.26.1 Functions of the MDMC....................................................................................................................9-97
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description Contents
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
xi
9.26.2 MDMC Panel.....................................................................................................................................9-979.26.3 LEDs on the MDMC Panel................................................................................................................9-989.26.4 DIP Switch on the MDMC.................................................................................................................9-99
9.27 PAMU.........................................................................................................................................................9-999.27.1 Functions of the PAMU...................................................................................................................9-1009.27.2 PAMU Panel....................................................................................................................................9-1009.27.3 LEDs on the PAMU Panel...............................................................................................................9-1019.27.4 DIP Switch on the PAMU................................................................................................................9-101
9.28 PFCU.........................................................................................................................................................9-1029.28.1 Functions of the PFCU.....................................................................................................................9-1029.28.2 DIP Switch on the PFCU.................................................................................................................9-102
9.29 PFCB.........................................................................................................................................................9-1039.29.1 Functions of the PFCB.....................................................................................................................9-1039.29.2 Jumper Pins on the PFCB ................................................................................................................9-104
9.30 WOPB.......................................................................................................................................................9-1059.30.1 Functions of the WOPB...................................................................................................................9-105
10 BSC Cables.............................................................................................................................. 10-110.1 Active/Standby 75-Ohm Coaxial Cable......................................................................................................10-410.2 Active/Standby 120-Ohm Twisted Pair Cable............................................................................................10-710.3 Inter-GTNU Cable.....................................................................................................................................10-1110.4 LC/PC-LC/PC Single-Mode/Multimode Optical Cable...........................................................................10-1210.5 LC/PC-FC/PC Single-Mode/Multimode Optical Cable............................................................................10-1410.6 LC/PC-SC/PC Single-Mode/Multimode Optical Cable............................................................................10-1610.7 Crossover Cable........................................................................................................................................10-1810.8 Straight-Through Cable.............................................................................................................................10-1910.9 BITS Clock Signal Cable..........................................................................................................................10-2610.10 Y-Shaped Clock Cable............................................................................................................................10-2810.11 Signal cable of the alarm box..................................................................................................................10-3010.12 PDB monitoring signal cable..................................................................................................................10-3210.13 EMU RS485 communication cable.........................................................................................................10-3410.14 GOMU serial port cable..........................................................................................................................10-3610.15 BSC Power Cable....................................................................................................................................10-3610.16 BSC PGND cable....................................................................................................................................10-39
11 LEDs on BSC Parts.................................................................................................................11-111.1 LEDs on the Front Panel of the BSC Common Power Distribution Box...................................................11-311.2 LEDs on the Front Panel of the BSC High-Power Distribution Box..........................................................11-311.3 LEDs on the GDPUC(DPUa) Panel............................................................................................................11-411.4 LEDs on the GDPUP(DPUd) Panel............................................................................................................11-511.5 LEDs on the GDPUX(DPUc) Panel............................................................................................................11-511.6 LEDs on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) Panel..............................................................................................11-611.7 LEDs on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)Panel........................................................................11-611.8 LEDs on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel...............................................................................11-7
ContentsHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
xii Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
11.9 LEDs on the GGCU Panel..........................................................................................................................11-811.10 LEDs on the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) Panel.........................................................................................11-911.11 LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel...................................................................11-911.12 LEDs on the GOMU Panel......................................................................................................................11-1011.13 LEDs on the GSCU Panel.......................................................................................................................11-1111.14 LEDs on the GTNU Panel.......................................................................................................................11-1211.15 LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel...........................................................................11-1311.16 LEDs on the MDMC Panel.....................................................................................................................11-1311.17 LEDs on the PAMU Panel......................................................................................................................11-14
12 DIP Switches on BSC Parts..................................................................................................12-112.1 DIP Switches on the BSC Subrack.............................................................................................................12-212.2 DIP Switches on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa)...........................................................................................12-412.3 DIP Switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)....................................................................12-612.4 DIP Switch on the MDMC..........................................................................................................................12-812.5 DIP Switch on the PAMU...........................................................................................................................12-912.6 DIP Switch on the PFCU..........................................................................................................................12-10
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description Contents
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
xiii
Figures
Figure 2-1 Physical structure of the BSC.............................................................................................................2-1Figure 4-1 Single-door BSC cabinet....................................................................................................................4-2Figure 4-2 Double-door BSC cabinet...................................................................................................................4-3Figure 5-1 Outer components of the GBCR.........................................................................................................5-4Figure 5-2 Inner components of the GBCR.........................................................................................................5-5Figure 5-3 Front panel of the BSC common power distribution box...................................................................5-7Figure 5-4 Rear panel of the BSC common power distribution box....................................................................5-9Figure 5-5 Air defence subrack..........................................................................................................................5-10Figure 5-6 KVM.................................................................................................................................................5-11Figure 5-7 Front panel of the KVM...................................................................................................................5-11Figure 5-8 Rear panel of the KVM....................................................................................................................5-12Figure 5-9 LAN switch.......................................................................................................................................5-12Figure 5-10 Front panel of the LAN switch.......................................................................................................5-13Figure 5-11 Rear panel of the LAN switch........................................................................................................5-14Figure 5-12 Cabling frame.................................................................................................................................5-15Figure 5-13 GBAM............................................................................................................................................5-16Figure 5-14 Front panel of the GBAM...............................................................................................................5-16Figure 5-15 Rear panel of the GBAM................................................................................................................5-18Figure 5-16 GBAM............................................................................................................................................5-19Figure 5-17 Front panel of the GBAM...............................................................................................................5-19Figure 5-18 Rear panel of the GBAM................................................................................................................5-21Figure 5-19 GBAM............................................................................................................................................5-22Figure 5-20 Front panel of the GBAM...............................................................................................................5-22Figure 5-21 Rear panel of the GBAM................................................................................................................5-24Figure 5-22 Rear cable trough............................................................................................................................5-25Figure 5-23 Distribution of the power switches in the GBCR...........................................................................5-26Figure 5-24 Distribution of power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR (IBM X3650T)..............................5-27Figure 5-25 Connections of power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR (C5210/HP CC3310)...................5-29Figure 5-26 Connections of signal cables in the GBCR (IBM X3650T)...........................................................5-31Figure 5-27 Connections of signal cables in the GBCR (C5210/HP CC3310)..................................................5-32Figure 6-1 Outer components of the GBCR.........................................................................................................6-3Figure 6-2 Inner components of the GBCR.........................................................................................................6-4Figure 6-3 Front panel of the BSC high-power distribution box.........................................................................6-6
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description Figures
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
xv
Figure 6-4 Rear panel of the BSC high-power distribution box..........................................................................6-7Figure 6-5 Distribution of the power switches in the GBCR (1)....................................................................... 6-10Figure 6-6 Distribution of the power switches in the GBCR (2)....................................................................... 6-11Figure 6-7 Connections of power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR (1)...................................................6-12Figure 6-8 Connections of power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR (2)...................................................6-14Figure 6-9 Connections of the signal cables in the GBCR.................................................................................6-16Figure 7-1 Outer components of the GBSR.........................................................................................................7-3Figure 7-2 Inner components of the GBSR..........................................................................................................7-4Figure 7-3 Distribution of the power switches in the GBSR (1)..........................................................................7-6Figure 7-4 Distribution of the power switches in the GBSR (2)..........................................................................7-7Figure 7-5 Connections of power cables and PGND cables in the GBSR (1).....................................................7-9Figure 7-6 Connections of power cables and PGND cables in the GBSR (2)...................................................7-11Figure 7-7 Connections of the signal cables in the GBSR.................................................................................7-13Figure 8-1 Structure of the BSC subrack.............................................................................................................8-3Figure 8-2 Fan box (Configuration PFCU)..........................................................................................................8-5Figure 8-3 Fan box (Configuration PFCB)..........................................................................................................8-7Figure 8-4 Slot assignment in the BSC subrack.................................................................................................8-10Figure 8-5 DIP switch on the BSC subrack....................................................................................................... 8-10Figure 8-6 Fully configured GMPS (1)..............................................................................................................8-13Figure 8-7 Fully configured GMPS (2)..............................................................................................................8-14Figure 8-8 Fully configured GMPS (3)..............................................................................................................8-14Figure 8-9 Fully configured GMPS (4)..............................................................................................................8-15Figure 8-10 Fully configured GMPS (5)............................................................................................................8-15Figure 8-11 Fully configured GMPS (6)............................................................................................................8-16Figure 8-12 Fully configured GMPS (1)............................................................................................................8-17Figure 8-13 Fully configured GMPS (2)............................................................................................................8-17Figure 8-14 Fully configured GMPS (3)............................................................................................................8-18Figure 8-15 Fully configured GMPS (4)............................................................................................................8-18Figure 8-16 Fully configured GMPS (5)............................................................................................................8-19Figure 8-17 Fully configured GMPS (6)............................................................................................................8-19Figure 8-18 Fully configured GEPS (1).............................................................................................................8-20Figure 8-19 Fully configured GEPS (2).............................................................................................................8-21Figure 8-20 Fully configured GEPS (3).............................................................................................................8-21Figure 8-21 Fully configured GEPS (4).............................................................................................................8-22Figure 8-22 Fully configured GEPS (5).............................................................................................................8-22Figure 8-23 Fully configured GEPS (6).............................................................................................................8-23Figure 8-24 Fully configured GTCS (1).............................................................................................................8-24Figure 8-25 Fully configured GTCS (2).............................................................................................................8-24Figure 9-1 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel...............................................................................................9-7Figure 9-2 Layout of the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT.................................................9-9Figure 9-3 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel.............................................................................................9-13Figure 9-4 Layout of the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT...............................................9-15
FiguresHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
xvi Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
Figure 9-5 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel.............................................................................................9-19Figure 9-6 Layout of the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT...............................................9-21Figure 9-7 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel.............................................................................................9-25Figure 9-8 Layout of the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT...............................................9-27Figure 9-9 GGCU panel.....................................................................................................................................9-30Figure 9-10 GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel.........................................................................................9-33Figure 9-11 GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel.........................................................................................9-37Figure 9-12 GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel.........................................................................................9-41Figure 9-13 GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel.........................................................................................9-45Figure 9-14 GOMU panel..................................................................................................................................9-48Figure 9-15 GSCU panel....................................................................................................................................9-51Figure 9-16 GTNU panel...................................................................................................................................9-54Figure 9-17 GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel....................................................................................................9-57Figure 9-18 GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel....................................................................................................9-59Figure 9-19 GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel....................................................................................................9-62Figure 9-20 GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel...................................................................................................9-65Figure 9-21 GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel...................................................................................................9-68Figure 9-22 GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel...................................................................................................9-71Figure 9-23 GOGUA/GOGUB panel.................................................................................................................9-75Figure 9-24 GOGUA/GOGUB panel.................................................................................................................9-78Figure 9-25 GEHUB/GEPUG panel..................................................................................................................9-81Figure 9-26 DIP switches on the GEHUB/GEPUG...........................................................................................9-84Figure 9-27 GEHUB/GEPUG panel..................................................................................................................9-87Figure 9-28 DIP switches on the GEHUB/GEPUG...........................................................................................9-89Figure 9-29 GDPUC panel.................................................................................................................................9-92Figure 9-30 GDPUX panel.................................................................................................................................9-94Figure 9-31 GDPUP panel.................................................................................................................................9-96Figure 9-32 MDMC panel..................................................................................................................................9-98Figure 9-33 DIP switch on the MDMC..............................................................................................................9-99Figure 9-34 PAMU panel.................................................................................................................................9-100Figure 9-35 DIP switch on the PAMU.............................................................................................................9-101Figure 9-36 DIP switch on the PFCU..............................................................................................................9-103Figure 9-37 Jumper pins on the PFCB.............................................................................................................9-104Figure 10-1 Active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable.............................................................................................10-4Figure 10-2 Installation position of the active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable...................................................10-7Figure 10-3 Active/standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable...................................................................................10-8Figure 10-4 Installation position of the active/standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable.......................................10-11Figure 10-5 Inter-GTNU cable.........................................................................................................................10-11Figure 10-6 Installation position of the inter-GTNU cable..............................................................................10-12Figure 10-7 LC/PC-LC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable..................................................................10-13Figure 10-8 Installation position of the LC/PC-LC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable.......................10-14Figure 10-9 LC/PC-FC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable..................................................................10-15
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description Figures
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
xvii
Figure 10-10 Installation position of the LC/PC-FC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable.....................10-16Figure 10-11 LC/PC-SC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable................................................................10-17Figure 10-12 Installation position of the LC/PC-SC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable.....................10-18Figure 10-13 Crossover cable...........................................................................................................................10-19Figure 10-14 Straight-through cable................................................................................................................10-20Figure 10-15 Connections between the GSCUs and the GBAM.....................................................................10-21Figure 10-16 Connection between the GBAM and the LAN switch...............................................................10-22Figure 10-17 Connection between the LAN switch and the M2000 (LAN)....................................................10-22Figure 10-18 Connection between the LAN switch and the BSC LMT computer..........................................10-23Figure 10-19 Connection between the LAN switch and the CBC...................................................................10-23Figure 10-20 Installation position of the Straight-through cable between the GSCUs....................................10-24Figure 10-21 Connection between the GOMU and the LAN of the customer.................................................10-25Figure 10-22 Connection between the GXPUM and the CBC........................................................................10-26Figure 10-23 75-ohm coaxial clock cable........................................................................................................10-27Figure 10-24 120-ohm clock conversion cable................................................................................................10-27Figure 10-25 Installation position of the BITS clock signal cable...................................................................10-28Figure 10-26 Y-shaped clock cable..................................................................................................................10-29Figure 10-27 Installation position of the Y-shaped clock cable.......................................................................10-30Figure 10-28 Alarm box signal cable...............................................................................................................10-31Figure 10-29 Installation position of the signal cable of the alarm box...........................................................10-31Figure 10-30 PDB monitoring signal cable......................................................................................................10-32Figure 10-31 Installation positions of the PDB monitoring signal cable.........................................................10-33Figure 10-32 RS485 communication cable......................................................................................................10-34Figure 10-33 Connecting the cable between the EMU and the power distribution box of the cabinet............10-35Figure 10-34 GOMU serial port cable.............................................................................................................10-36Figure 10-35 BSC external/internal power cable.............................................................................................10-38Figure 10-36 BSC external/internal power cable.............................................................................................10-39Figure 10-37 BSC PGND cable.......................................................................................................................10-41Figure 12-1 DIP switch on the BSC subrack.....................................................................................................12-2Figure 12-2 DIP switches on the GEHUB/GEPUG...........................................................................................12-4Figure 12-3 Layout of the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT.............................................12-6Figure 12-4 DIP switch on the MDMC..............................................................................................................12-9Figure 12-5 DIP switch on the PAMU...............................................................................................................12-9Figure 12-6 DIP switch on the PFCU..............................................................................................................12-10
FiguresHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
xviii Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
Tables
Table 2-1 Components of the BSC.......................................................................................................................2-2Table 3-1 BSC hardware configuration modes....................................................................................................3-1Table 5-1 Inner components of the GBCR...........................................................................................................5-6Table 5-2 LEDs on the front panel of the BSC common power distribution box................................................5-8Table 5-3 Technical specifications of the BSC power distribution box...............................................................5-9Table 5-4 LEDs on the front panel of the LAN switch......................................................................................5-13Table 5-5 Silkscreens on the front panel of the GBAM.....................................................................................5-16Table 5-6 Silkscreens on the rear panel of the GBAM.......................................................................................5-18Table 5-7 Silkscreens on the front panel of the GBAM.....................................................................................5-19Table 5-8 Silkscreens on the rear panel of the GBAM.......................................................................................5-21Table 5-9 Silkscreens on the front panel of the GBAM.....................................................................................5-22Table 5-10 Silkscreens on the rear panel of the GBAM.....................................................................................5-24Table 5-11 Distribution of the power switches in the GBCR.............................................................................5-26Table 5-12 Power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR.................................................................................5-28Table 5-13 Power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR.................................................................................5-30Table 5-14 Signal cables in the GBCR...............................................................................................................5-33Table 5-15 Structural specifications of the GBCR.............................................................................................5-36Table 5-16 Electrical specifications of the GBCR............................................................................................. 5-37Table 6-1 Inner Components of the GBCR..........................................................................................................6-5Table 6-2 LEDs on the front panel of the BSC high-power distribution box......................................................6-7Table 6-3 Technical specifications of the BSC high-power distribution box......................................................6-8Table 6-4 Mapping between the power switches and the components (1).........................................................6-10Table 6-5 Mapping between the power switches and the components (2).........................................................6-11Table 6-6 Power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR (1)............................................................................. 6-13Table 6-7 Power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR (2)............................................................................. 6-14Table 6-8 Signal cables in the GBCR.................................................................................................................6-17Table 6-9 Structural specifications of the GBCR...............................................................................................6-20Table 6-10 Electrical specifications of the GBCR............................................................................................. 6-20Table 7-1 Inner components of the GBSR...........................................................................................................7-5Table 7-2 Mapping between the power switches and the components (1)...........................................................7-6Table 7-3 Mapping between the power switches and the components (2)...........................................................7-7Table 7-4 Power cables and PGND cables in the GBSR (1)..............................................................................7-10Table 7-5 Power cables and PGND cables in the GBSR (2)..............................................................................7-12
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description Tables
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
xix
Table 7-6 Signal cables in the GBSR.................................................................................................................7-14Table 7-7 Structural specifications of the GBSR...............................................................................................7-15Table 7-8 Electrical specifications of the GBSR................................................................................................7-16Table 8-1 Components of the BSC subrack.........................................................................................................8-4Table 8-2 LED on the fan box (Configuration PFCU).........................................................................................8-5Table 8-3 Technical specifications of the fan box (Configuration PFCU)...........................................................8-6Table 8-4 LED on the fan box (Configuration PFCB).........................................................................................8-8Table 8-5 Technical specifications of the fan box (Configuration PFCB)...........................................................8-9Table 8-6 Definitions of the DIP bits.................................................................................................................8-11Table 8-7 Setting of the DIP switches................................................................................................................8-12Table 8-8 Technical specifications of the GMPS...............................................................................................8-25Table 8-9 Technical specifications of the GEPS................................................................................................8-25Table 8-10 Technical specifications of the GTCS..............................................................................................8-26Table 9-1 Boards in the BSC................................................................................................................................9-1Table 9-2 LEDs on the board...............................................................................................................................9-7Table 9-3 Ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel............................................................................9-8Table 9-4 DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT.......................................................................9-10Table 9-5 Switch types related to the DIP bits...................................................................................................9-11Table 9-6 LEDs on the board.............................................................................................................................9-13Table 9-7 Ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel..........................................................................9-14Table 9-8 DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT.......................................................................9-16Table 9-9 Switch types related to the DIP bits...................................................................................................9-17Table 9-10 LEDs on the board...........................................................................................................................9-19Table 9-11 Ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel........................................................................9-20Table 9-12 DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT.....................................................................9-22Table 9-13 Switch types related to the DIP bits.................................................................................................9-23Table 9-14 LEDs on the board...........................................................................................................................9-25Table 9-15 Ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel........................................................................9-26Table 9-16 DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT.....................................................................9-28Table 9-17 Switch types related to the DIP bits.................................................................................................9-29Table 9-18 LEDs on the board...........................................................................................................................9-31Table 9-19 Ports on the GGCU panel.................................................................................................................9-31Table 9-20 LEDs on the board...........................................................................................................................9-33Table 9-21 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel......................................................................9-34Table 9-22 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT..................................................9-35Table 9-23 LEDs on the board...........................................................................................................................9-37Table 9-24 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel......................................................................9-38Table 9-25 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT..................................................9-39Table 9-26 LEDs on the board...........................................................................................................................9-41Table 9-27 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel......................................................................9-42Table 9-28 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT..................................................9-43Table 9-29 LEDs on the board...........................................................................................................................9-45
TablesHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
xx Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
Table 9-30 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel......................................................................9-46Table 9-31 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT..................................................9-47Table 9-32 LEDs on the board........................................................................................................................... 9-49Table 9-33 Ports on the GOMU panel................................................................................................................9-50Table 9-34 LEDs on the board........................................................................................................................... 9-52Table 9-35 LEDs of the Ethernet ports...............................................................................................................9-52Table 9-36 Ports on the GSCU panel................................................................................................................. 9-53Table 9-37 LEDs on the board........................................................................................................................... 9-55Table 9-38 Ports on the GTNU panel.................................................................................................................9-55Table 9-39 LEDs on the board........................................................................................................................... 9-57Table 9-40 Ports on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel..................................................................................9-58Table 9-41 LEDs on the board........................................................................................................................... 9-60Table 9-42 Ports on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel..................................................................................9-60Table 9-43 LEDs on the board........................................................................................................................... 9-62Table 9-44 Ports on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel..................................................................................9-63Table 9-45 LEDs on the board........................................................................................................................... 9-65Table 9-46 LEDs of the Ethernet ports...............................................................................................................9-66Table 9-47 Ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel.................................................................................9-66Table 9-48 LEDs on the board........................................................................................................................... 9-69Table 9-49 LEDs of the Ethernet ports...............................................................................................................9-69Table 9-50 Ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel.................................................................................9-70Table 9-51 LEDs on the board........................................................................................................................... 9-72Table 9-52 LEDs of the Ethernet ports...............................................................................................................9-72Table 9-53 Ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel.................................................................................9-73Table 9-54 LEDs on the board........................................................................................................................... 9-75Table 9-55 Ports on the GOGUA/GOGUB panel..............................................................................................9-76Table 9-56 Technical Specifications of the GOGUA/GOGUB......................................................................... 9-76Table 9-57 LEDs on the board........................................................................................................................... 9-79Table 9-58 Ports on the GOGUA/GOGUB panel..............................................................................................9-79Table 9-59 Technical Specifications of the GOGUA/GOGUB......................................................................... 9-80Table 9-60 LEDs on the board........................................................................................................................... 9-82Table 9-61 Ports on the GEHUB/GEPUG panel................................................................................................9-82Table 9-62 DIP switches on GEHUB/GEPUG (75-ohm coaxial cable)............................................................9-84Table 9-63 DIP switches on GEHUB/GEPUG (120-ohm twisted pair cable)...................................................9-85Table 9-64 LEDs on the board........................................................................................................................... 9-87Table 9-65 Ports on the GEHUB/GEPUG panel................................................................................................9-88Table 9-66 DIP switches on GEHUB/GEPUG (75-ohm coaxial cable)............................................................9-90Table 9-67 DIP switches on GEHUB/GEPUG (120-ohm twisted pair cable)...................................................9-90Table 9-68 LEDs on the board........................................................................................................................... 9-92Table 9-69 LEDs on the board........................................................................................................................... 9-94Table 9-70 LEDs on the board........................................................................................................................... 9-96Table 9-71 LEDs on the board........................................................................................................................... 9-98
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description Tables
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
xxi
Table 9-72 Setting of S2.....................................................................................................................................9-99Table 9-73 LEDs on the board.........................................................................................................................9-101Table 9-74 Settings of SW1..............................................................................................................................9-102Table 9-75 Settings of S1.................................................................................................................................9-103Table 9-76 Setting of the pins...........................................................................................................................9-104Table 10-1 List of BSC cables............................................................................................................................10-1Table 10-2 Mapping between the micro coaxial cables and the pins of the DB44 connector ..........................10-5Table 10-3 Mapping between the signals and the bearing media.......................................................................10-5Table 10-4 Mapping between the twisted pair cables and the pins of the DB44 connector ..............................10-6Table 10-5 Mapping between the 120-ohm twisted pair cables and the pins of the DB44 connector ..............10-8Table 10-6 Pins at both ends of the twisted pair cable.......................................................................................10-9Table 10-7 Mapping between the twisted pair cables and the pins of the DB44 connector ............................10-10Table 10-8 Pins at both ends of the crossover cable.........................................................................................10-19Table 10-9 Pins at both ends of the straight-through cable..............................................................................10-20Table 10-10 Pins of the alarm box signal cable................................................................................................10-31Table 10-11 Pins of the PDB monitoring signal cable.....................................................................................10-32Table 10-12 Pins of the PDB monitoring signal cable.....................................................................................10-33Table 10-13 Pins of the RS485 communication cable.....................................................................................10-34Table 10-14 Pins of the GOMU serial port cable.............................................................................................10-36Table 10-15 List of the BSC external power cables.........................................................................................10-37Table 10-16 List of the BSC internal power cables..........................................................................................10-37Table 10-17 List of the BSC external power cables.........................................................................................10-38Table 10-18 List of the BSC internal power cables..........................................................................................10-38Table 10-19 List of the BSC PGND cables......................................................................................................10-40Table 11-1 LEDs on the front panel of the BSC common power distribution box............................................11-3Table 11-2 LEDs on the front panel of the BSC high-power distribution box..................................................11-3Table 11-3 LEDs on the board...........................................................................................................................11-4Table 11-4 LEDs on the board...........................................................................................................................11-5Table 11-5 LEDs on the board...........................................................................................................................11-5Table 11-6 LEDs on the board...........................................................................................................................11-6Table 11-7 LEDs on the board...........................................................................................................................11-7Table 11-8 LEDs on the board...........................................................................................................................11-7Table 11-9 LEDs of the Ethernet ports...............................................................................................................11-8Table 11-10 LEDs on the board.........................................................................................................................11-8Table 11-11 LEDs on the board.........................................................................................................................11-9Table 11-12 LEDs on the board.........................................................................................................................11-9Table 11-13 LEDs on the board.......................................................................................................................11-10Table 11-14 LEDs on the board.......................................................................................................................11-11Table 11-15 LEDs of the Ethernet ports...........................................................................................................11-12Table 11-16 LEDs on the board.......................................................................................................................11-12Table 11-17 LEDs on the board.......................................................................................................................11-13Table 11-18 LEDs on the board.......................................................................................................................11-13
TablesHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
xxii Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
Table 11-19 LEDs on the board.......................................................................................................................11-14Table 12-1 Definitions of the DIP bits...............................................................................................................12-2Table 12-2 Setting of the DIP switches..............................................................................................................12-3Table 12-3 DIP switches on GEHUB/GEPUG (75-ohm coaxial cable)............................................................12-5Table 12-4 DIP switches on GEHUB/GEPUG (120-ohm twisted pair cable)...................................................12-5Table 12-5 DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT.....................................................................12-7Table 12-6 Switch types related to the DIP bits.................................................................................................12-8Table 12-7 Setting of S2.....................................................................................................................................12-9Table 12-8 Settings of SW1..............................................................................................................................12-10Table 12-9 Settings of S1.................................................................................................................................12-11
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description Tables
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
xxiii
1 Changes in BSC Hardware Description
This provides the changes of the BSC Hardware Description.
05(2010-09-20) of V900R008C12This is the fifth commercial release.
Compared with issue 04(2010-05-20) of V900R008C12, no informationthe is added.
Compared with issue 04(2010-05-20) of V900R008C12, the following information is modified:
Item Change Description
8.4 DIP Switches on the BSC Subrack The description of DIP switches on the BSCsubrack is modified.
Compared with issue 04(2010-05-20) of V900R008C12, no information is removed.
04(2010-05-20) of V900R008C12This is the forth commercial release.
Compared with issue 03(2009-07-20) of V900R008C12, no informationthe is added.
Compared with issue 03(2009-07-20) of V900R008C12, the following information is modified:
Item Change Description
9 BSC Boards Adding the Support Capability of the theBoard.
Compared with issue 03(2009-07-20) of V900R008C12, no information is removed.
03(2009-07-20) of V900R008C12This is the third commercial release.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 1 Changes in BSC Hardware Description
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1-1
Compared with issue 02(2009-05-30) of V900R008C12, no information is added, modified, orremoved in this document.
02(2009-05-30) of V900R008C12
This is the second commercial release.
Compared with issue 01(2009-02-16) of V900R008C12, no information is added, modified, orremoved in this document.
01(2009-02-16) of V900R008C12
This is the initial commercial release.
Compared with issue 02(2008-06-30) of V900R008C01, the following information is added:
l 8.2.2 Fan Box (Configuration PFCB)
l 9.29 PFCB
l 9.29.1 Functions of the PFCB
l 9.29.2 Jumper Pins on the PFCB
l 9.15 GXPUI
l 9.15.1 Functions of the GXPUI
l 9.6.5 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa)
l 9.19.5 Technical Specifications of the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa)
Compared with issue 02(2008-06-30) of V900R008C01, the following information is modified:
Item Change Description
5.1 Components of the GBCR(Configuration Type A)
the figure of the GBCR (Configuration TypeA) is changed.
6.1 Components of the GBCR(Configuration Type B)
the figure of the GBCR (Configuration TypeB) is changed.
7.1 Components of the GBSR the figure of the GBSR is changed.
10.13 EMU RS485 communication cable the figure of the Installation Position of ischanged.
10.7 Crossover Cable the cable of the connecting the GSCUs indifferent subracks is changed.
10.8 Straight-Through Cable the cable of the connecting the GSCUs indifferent subracks is changed.
8.2 BSC Fan Box The structure is adjusted.
8.2.1 Fan Box (Configuration PFCU) The structure is adjusted.
9.16.1 Functions of the GFGUA The description of the functions of theGFGUA is modified.
1 Changes in BSC Hardware DescriptionHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
1-2 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
9.19.1 Functions of the GOGUA The description of the functions of theGOGUA is modified.
5.1 Components of the GBCR(Configuration Type A)
The description of the Components of theGBCR (Configuration Type A) is modified.
6.1 Components of the GBCR(Configuration Type B)
The description of the Components of theGBCR (Configuration Type B) is modified.
7.1 Components of the GBSR The description of the Components of theGBSR is modified.
8.4 DIP Switches on the BSC Subrack The description of the DIP Switches on theBSC Subrack is modified.
8.5.4 Configuration of the GTCS The description of the configuration of theGTCS is modified.
9.16.4 Ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel
The description of the ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel is modified.
10.1 Active/Standby 75-Ohm CoaxialCable
The description of the active/standby 75-Ohm coaxial cable is modified.
10.2 Active/Standby 120-Ohm TwistedPair Cable
The description of the active/standby 120-Ohm twisted pair cable is modified.
Compared with issue 02(2008-06-30) of V900R008C01, no information is removed.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 1 Changes in BSC Hardware Description
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1-3
2 BSC Physical Structure
This describes the physical structure of the BSC, including the cabinet, cables, LMT computers,and alarm box.
Figure 2-1 shows the physical structure of the BSC.
Figure 2-1 Physical structure of the BSCOM equipment room
LMT
LMT
……
……
Alarm box
Serial port cable
Ethernet cable
Ethernet cable
GBCR GBSR GBSR
Equipment roomOptical cable to other NEsTrunk cable to other NEs
PGND cable to the PDFEthernet cable to other NEs
Power cable to the PDF
LMT: Local Maintenance Terminal PDF: Power Distribution Frame
Table 2-1 lists the components of the BSC.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 2 BSC Physical Structure
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
2-1
Table 2-1 Components of the BSC
Component Introduction Refer to...
GSM BSC controlprocessing rack (GBCR)
The GBCR providesswitching and processesservices for the BSC. OneGBCR is configured in aBSC.
For details, refer to 5 GBCR(Configuration Type A) and 6GBCR (Configuration Type B).
GSM BSC serviceprocessing rack (GBSR)
The GBSR processesvarious services for theBSC. The number ofGBSRs to be configureddepends on the trafficvolume. Zero to threeGBSRs can beconfigured.
7 GBSR Cabinet
BSC Cables BSC cables are classifiedinto the Ethernet cables,optical cables, and E1/T1cables. The number ofBSC cables to beconfigured depends onactual requirements.
10 BSC Cables
BSC LMT The LMT is a computerthat is installed with theLMT software packageand is connected to theOM network of the NEs.It is optional for the BSC.
LMT-Related Definitions
Alarm box The alarm box cangenerate audible andvisual alarms. It isoptional for the BSC.
User manual delivered with thealarm box
2 BSC Physical StructureHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
2-2 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
3 BSC Hardware Configuration Modes
The BSC has three hardware configuration modes: BM/TC separated, BM/TC combined, andA over IP.
Table 3-1 describes the three BSC hardware configuration modes.
Table 3-1 BSC hardware configuration modes
Description
Cabinet Subrack Boards Cable
BM/TCseparated(built-inPCU)
l GBCRl GBSR
l GMPSl GEPSl GTCS
l GXPUMl GXPUTl GXPUIl GTNUl GSCUl GGCUl GOMUl GDPUXl GDPUPl GEPUG/GFGUGl GEIUA/GOIUAl GEIUB/GOIUB/
GFGUB/GOGUB/GEHUB
l GEIUT/GOIUT
l Clock cable– BITS clock signal
cable– Y-shaped clock
cablel Ethernet cable
– Crossover cable– Straight-through
Ethernet cablel Optical cable
– LC/PC-LC/PC-single-mode/multi-mode opticalcable
– LC/PC-FC/PC-single-mode/multi-mode opticalcable
– LC/PC-SC/PC-single-mode/multi-mode opticalcable
l E1/T1 cable
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 3 BSC Hardware Configuration Modes
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3-1
Description
Cabinet Subrack Boards Cable
BM/TCseparated(externalPCU)
l GBCRl GBSR
l GMPSl GEPSl GTCS
l GXPUMl GXPUTl GXPUIl GTNUl GSCUl GGCUl GOMUl GDPUXl GEIUA/GOIUAl GEIUB/GOIUB/
GFGUB/GOGUB/GEHUB
l GEIUT/GOIUTl GEIUP/GOIUP
– Active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable
– Active/standby120-ohm twistedpair cable
l Inter-GTNU cablel Signal cable of the
alarm boxl PDB monitoring
signal cablel EMU RS485
communication cablel GOMU serial port
cable
BM/TCcombined(built-inPCU)
l GBCRl GBSR
l GMPSl GEPS
l GXPUMl GXPUTl GXPUIl GTNUl GSCUl GGCUl GOMUl GDPUXl GDPUPl GEPUG/GFGUGl GEIUA/GOIUAl GEIUB/GOIUB/
GFGUB/GOGUB/GEHUB
3 BSC Hardware Configuration ModesHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
3-2 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
Description
Cabinet Subrack Boards Cable
BM/TCcombined(externalPCU)
l GBCRl GBSR
l GMPSl GEPS
l GXPUMl GXPUTl GXPUIl GTNUl GSCUl GGCUl GOMUl GDPUXl GEIUA/GOIUAl GEIUB/GOIUB/
GFGUB/GOGUB/GEHUB
l GEIUP/GOIUP
A over IP(built-inPCU)
l GBCRl GBSR
l GMPSl GEPS
l GXPUMl GXPUTl GXPUIl GTNUl GSCUl GGCUl GOMUl GDPUXl GDPUPl GEPUG/GFGUGl GFGUA/GOGUAl GEIUB/GOIUB/
GFGUB/GOGUB/GEHUB
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 3 BSC Hardware Configuration Modes
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3-3
Description
Cabinet Subrack Boards Cable
A over IP(externalPCU)
l GBCRl GBSR
l GMPSl GEPS
l GXPUMl GXPUTl GXPUIl GTNUl GSCUl GGCUl GOMUl GDPUXl GFGUA/GOGUAl GEIUB/GOIUB/
GFGUB/GOGUB/GEHUB
l GEIUP/GOIUP
3 BSC Hardware Configuration ModesHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
3-4 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
4 BSC Cabinet
About This Chapter
The BSC uses the Huawei N68E-22 cabinet. The cabinet is designed in compliance withIEC60297 and IEEE standards.
4.1 Appearance of the BSC CabinetThe dimensions of the BSC cabinet are as follows: 2,200 mm (height) x 600 mm (width) x 800mm (depth). The BSC cabinets are classified into single-door cabinets and double-door cabinets.
4.2 Classification of the BSC CabinetBased on functions, the BSC cabinets are classified into the GBCR and the GBSR.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 4 BSC Cabinet
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
4-1
4.1 Appearance of the BSC CabinetThe dimensions of the BSC cabinet are as follows: 2,200 mm (height) x 600 mm (width) x 800mm (depth). The BSC cabinets are classified into single-door cabinets and double-door cabinets.
Figure 4-1 shows a single-door BSC cabinet. Figure 4-2 shows a double-door BSC cabinet.
Figure 4-1 Single-door BSC cabinet
4 BSC CabinetHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
4-2 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
Figure 4-2 Double-door BSC cabinet
4.2 Classification of the BSC CabinetBased on functions, the BSC cabinets are classified into the GBCR and the GBSR.
GBCR
The GBCR processes primary services and provides OM for the BSC. One GBCR is configuredin a BSC.
Based on the hardware configuration, the GBCR is classified into configuration type A andconfiguration type B.
l In configuration type A, the GBCR is configured with the GBAM. For details, refer to 5GBCR (Configuration Type A).
l In configuration type B, the GBCR is configured with the GOMU. For details, refer to 6GBCR (Configuration Type B).
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 4 BSC Cabinet
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
4-3
GBSRThe GBSR processes various services for the BSC. The number of GBSRs to be configureddepends on the traffic volume. Zero to three GBSRs can be configured. For details, refer to 7GBSR Cabinet.
4 BSC CabinetHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
4-4 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)
About This Chapter
This describes the components, cable connections, and engineering specifications of the GBCRthat is configured with the GBAM.
5.1 Components of the GBCR (Configuration Type A)This describes the outer components and inner components of the GBCR.
5.2 BSC Common Power Distribution BoxEach BSC cabinet must be configured with one power distribution box, which is installed at thetop of the BSC cabinet.
5.3 Air Defence SubrackThe air defence subrack is installed between two service subracks. It shields hot air from affectingthe service subracks and forms a straight-through air channel. The air defence subrack is 1 Uhigh.
5.4 KVMThe KVM is an integrated device, which consists of a keyboard, an LCD display, and a mouse.It serves as the operating platform for the GBAM. The KVM can be configured when the GBCRis in configuration type A.
5.5 LAN SwitchThe LAN switch is installed in the GBCR. Each BSC should be configured with one LAN switch.
5.6 Cabling FrameThe cabling frame provides space for collecting the Ethernet cables of the LAN switch.
5.7 GBAMThere are three types of GBAM used in the BSC: IBM X3650T, C5210, and HP CC3310. TheGBAM is installed in the GBCR. Each BSC can be configured with one GBAM.
5.8 Rear Cable TroughThe rear cable trough is used to route and bind the cables for the boards that are inserted intothe rear slots of the subrack. Three fiber management trays are installed at the bottom of eachrear cable trough. They are used to coil optical cables.
5.9 GBCR Cable Connections (Configuration Type A)The cables of the GBCR consist of the power cables, PGND cables, and signal cables.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
5-1
5.10 Technical Specifications of the GBCR (Configuration Type A)The technical specifications of the GBCR consist of structural specifications and electricalspecifications.
5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
5-2 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
5.1 Components of the GBCR (Configuration Type A)This describes the outer components and inner components of the GBCR.
The outer components of the GBCR consist of the rack, side doors, front door, and rear door.The inner components of the GBCR vary with the configuration type. In configuration type A,the inner components of the GBCR consist of the power distribution box, subracks, air defencesubrack, KVM, LAN switch, cabling frame, GBAM, and rear cable trough.
Outer Components of the GBCRFigure 5-1 shows the outer components of the GBCR.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
5-3
Figure 5-1 Outer components of the GBCR
1
2
23
3
(1) Rack (2) Side door (3) Front and back doors
5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
5-4 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
Inner Components of the GBCR
Figure 5-2 shows the inner components of the GBCR.
Figure 5-2 Inner components of the GBCR
7
2
13 4
1
1
15
6
6
1
Front view
8
1
Rear view
8
9
10
10
5
4
2
(1) Filler panel (2) GBAM (3) Cabling frame (4) LAN switch (5) KVM(6) Subrack (7) Air defence
subrack(8) Power distribution box (9) Cable rack in the
cabinet(10) Rear cabletrough
Table 5-1 lists the inner components of the GBCR.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
5-5
Table 5-1 Inner components of the GBCR
Component Description Refer to...
Power distribution box One (mandatory) BSC Common PowerDistribution Box
Subrack One mandatory GMPS,and one optional GEPS orGTCS
BSC Subracks
Air defence subrack When the cabinet isconfigured with twosubracks, one air defencesubrack should beconfigured.
Air Defence Subrack
KVM One (optional) KVM
LAN switch One (mandatory) LAN Switch
Cabling frame One (mandatory) Cabling Frame
GBAM One (mandatory) GBAM
Rear cable trough Each subrack should beconfigured with one rearcable trough.
Rear Cable Trough
NOTE
In configuration type A, the GBCR should be configured with the BSC common power distribution box.
5.2 BSC Common Power Distribution BoxEach BSC cabinet must be configured with one power distribution box, which is installed at thetop of the BSC cabinet.
The BSC common power distribution box provides lightning protection and overcurrentprotection for two -48 V inputs, which are then divided into two groups to supply power to thefunctional modules in the BSC. (Each group has three -48 V outputs and three RTN outputs.)The power distribution box also detects the input voltage and the output power, and generatesaudible and visual alarms when faults occur.
5.2.1 Front Panel of the BSC Common Power Distribution BoxThe components on the front panel of the BSC common power distribution box are the panel ofthe MDMC, label for power distribution switches, power distribution switches, and panel of theovervoltage protection board.
5.2.2 LEDs on the Front Panel of the BSC Common Power Distribution BoxThe LEDs on the front panel of the BSC common power distribution box are labeled RUN andALM.
5.2.3 Rear Panel of the BSC Common Power Distribution Box
5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
5-6 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
This describes the components on the rear panel of the BSC common power distribution box.These components are the power input terminal block, the power output terminal block, and theport used to connect the power distribution box to a service subrack.
5.2.4 Technical Specifications of the BSC Common Power Distribution BoxThe technical specifications of the BSC power distribution box consist of the input specificationsand output specifications.
5.2.1 Front Panel of the BSC Common Power Distribution BoxThe components on the front panel of the BSC common power distribution box are the panel ofthe MDMC, label for power distribution switches, power distribution switches, and panel of theovervoltage protection board.
Figure 5-3 shows the front panel of the BSC common power distribution box.
Figure 5-3 Front panel of the BSC common power distribution box
RUNALM
MONITORALARM
ONOFF
SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4 SW5 SW6
1
7
4
32
-48V1, 70 A -48V2, 70 A
5 6
(1) Panel of the MDMC (2) RUN LED (3) ALM LED (4) Mute switch(5) Label for powerdistribution switches
(6) Power distributionswitches
(7) Panel of the overvoltageprotection board
NOTE
For details on the MDMC and the overvoltage protection board, refer to 9.26 MDMC and 9.30 WOPB.
CAUTIONl When turning on or turning off the power distribution switches, you can refer to the label
for power distribution switches.l To disassemble a device, switch off the device, and then disconnect the power cable from
the device.
You can determine whether the power distribution box generates an audible alarm by setting themute switch.
l If you set the switch to ON, the power distribution box generates an audible alarm when itdetects a fault.
l If you set the switch to OFF, the power distribution box does not generate an audible alarmwhen it detects a fault.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
5-7
5.2.2 LEDs on the Front Panel of the BSC Common PowerDistribution Box
The LEDs on the front panel of the BSC common power distribution box are labeled RUN andALM.
Table 5-2 describes the LEDs on the front panel of the BSC common power distribution box.
Table 5-2 LEDs on the front panel of the BSC common power distribution box
LED Color Status Meaning
RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The MDMC is operating andcommunicating with the GSCU.
On for 0.25s and offfor 0.25s
The MDMC is not operating or notcommunicating with the GSCU.
Off There is no power supply to the MDMCor the power distribution box is faulty.
ALM Red Off There is no alarm.
On The power distribution box is faulty. TheALM LED, however, is always on duringthe MDMC self-test. It is an indicationthat the ALM LED is functional.
NOTE
When the power distribution box is reset, the RUN and ALM LEDs turn on at the same time. Meanwhile,the monitoring board is performing self-check. As soon as the self-check is complete, the RUN and ALMLEDs turn off. Then, the RUN and ALM LEDs normally display the operating status of the powerdistribution box.
5.2.3 Rear Panel of the BSC Common Power Distribution BoxThis describes the components on the rear panel of the BSC common power distribution box.These components are the power input terminal block, the power output terminal block, and theport used to connect the power distribution box to a service subrack.
Figure 5-4 shows the rear panel of the BSC common power distribution box.
5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
5-8 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
Figure 5-4 Rear panel of the BSC common power distribution box
-48V IN
-48V OUT
RTN RTN -48V2 -48V1-48V1 -48V1 -48V1 -48V2 -48V2 -48V2
RTNRTN RTN RTN RTN RTN RTN
MONITOR
PORTS
(1) Power input terminal block (2) Power output terminal block (3) Port used to connect the powerdistribution box to a service subrack
NOTE
l Figure 5-4 shows the main ports related to the BSC.
l The port for connecting a service subrack is connected to the lowest service subrack in the cabinetthrough the monitoring signal cable of the power distribution box.
The wiring terminals for the -48 V power cable and RTN power cable are labeled -48V and RTNon the power input terminal block and power output terminal block.
5.2.4 Technical Specifications of the BSC Common PowerDistribution Box
The technical specifications of the BSC power distribution box consist of the input specificationsand output specifications.
Table 5-3 describes the technical specifications of the BSC power distribution box.
Table 5-3 Technical specifications of the BSC power distribution box
Item Sub Item Specification
Input specifications Rated input voltage -48 V DC
Input voltage -40 V DC to -57 V DC
Input mode Two -48 V DC inputs
Maximum input current Two inputs, each of whichhas a maximum input currentof 100 A
Output specifications Rated output voltage -48 V DC
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
5-9
Item Sub Item Specification
Output voltage -40 V DC to -57 V DC
Independent output Six groups of independentpower output: Each groupconsists of one -48 V outputand one RTN output. Theoutput of current iscontrolled by a switch, whichperforms short-circuitingfunctions. When the totalcurrent of the six groups ofpower output is smaller than100 A, the maximum currentof each power output is 70 A.
Output protectionspecifications
The current at theovercurrent protection pointis 87.5 A. You need to restorethe default value manually.
Rated output power 4,800 W in hot backup mode
5.3 Air Defence SubrackThe air defence subrack is installed between two service subracks. It shields hot air from affectingthe service subracks and forms a straight-through air channel. The air defence subrack is 1 Uhigh.
AppearanceFigure 5-5 shows the air defence subrack.
Figure 5-5 Air defence subrack
DimensionsThe dimensions of the air defence subrack are 44.45 mm (height) x 436 mm (width) x 476.1 mm(depth).
5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
5-10 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
5.4 KVMThe KVM is an integrated device, which consists of a keyboard, an LCD display, and a mouse.It serves as the operating platform for the GBAM. The KVM can be configured when the GBCRis in configuration type A.
Appearance
Figure 5-6 shows the KVM.
Figure 5-6 KVM
Front Panel
Figure 5-7 shows the front panel of the KVM.
Figure 5-7 Front panel of the KVM
1 2
(1) Handle (2) KVM switch
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
5-11
Rear PanelFigure 5-8 shows the rear panel of the KVM.
Figure 5-8 Rear panel of the KVM
4
1 2 3
(1) Grounding bolt (2) DC power input socket3. Power switch (4) Cable connectors for the KVM
NOTE
To push the KVM completely into the cabinet, use your index fingers to press and hold the white buttonon both sides of the KVM, and then push the KVM into the cabinet while sliding the buttons outwards.When you feel resisting force, release the buttons.
5.5 LAN SwitchThe LAN switch is installed in the GBCR. Each BSC should be configured with one LAN switch.
The LAN switch provides 10M/100M adaptive full-duplex Ethernet ports for the BSC. The LMTcomputer accesses the BSC through the LAN switch. The BSC also accesses the M2000 throughthe LAN switch.
Appearance of the LAN SwitchThe LAN switch used in the BSC is the Quidway S3026C.
Figure 5-9 shows the LAN switch.
Figure 5-9 LAN switch
5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
5-12 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
Front Panel of the LAN Switch
The components on the front panel of the LAN switch are the mode switch button, configurationports, and LEDs, and Ethernet ports.
Figure 5-10 shows the front panel of the LAN switch.
Figure 5-10 Front panel of the LAN switch
12
34
65
Quidway S3500 Series
(1) Power LED (2) A/L LED(3) D/S LED (4) MODE switch button(5) 10M/100M adaptive full-duplex BASE-TX Ethernet ports (6) Configuration port (CONSOLE)
NOTE
l You can configure the LAN switch through the configuration port to meet the BSC requirements.
l You can change the status indicated by the LEDs of the 10M/100M BASE-TX Ethernet ports bysetting the MODE switch button of the LAN switch.
LEDs on the Front Panel of the LAN Switch
The LEDs on the front panel of the LAN switch consist of the power LED, A/L LEDs, and D/S LEDs.
Table 5-4 describes the LEDs on the front panel of the LAN switch.
Table 5-4 LEDs on the front panel of the LAN switch
LED Color Status Meaning
POWER Green
On The power supply to the LAN switch isnormal.
Off The LAN switch is not powered on.
A/L
Yellow (ontheleft)
On(blinking)
The port is active and there is data flow.
OFF The port is active but there is no data flow.
Green (ontheright)
ON The port is correctly linked.
OFF The port is not linked or wrongly linked.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
5-13
LED Color Status Meaning
D/S
Yellow (ontheleft)
ON The port is in full duplex mode.
OFF The port is in half duplex mode.
Green (ontheright)
ON The data rate on the port is 100 Mbit/s.
OFF The data rate on the port is 10 Mbit/s.
NOTE
Only ports 2, 4, 20, 22, and 24 on the LAN switch are used. The other ports are reserved.
Rear Panel of the LAN SwitchThe components on the rear panel of the LAN switch are the DC power socket and the PGNDpost.
Figure 5-11 shows the rear panel of the LAN switch.
Figure 5-11 Rear panel of the LAN switch
1 2
RTN(+)NEG(-)
(1) DC power socket (2) PGND post
5.6 Cabling FrameThe cabling frame provides space for collecting the Ethernet cables of the LAN switch.
Figure 5-12 shows the cabling frame.
5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
5-14 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
Figure 5-12 Cabling frame
Cabling frame
5.7 GBAMThere are three types of GBAM used in the BSC: IBM X3650T, C5210, and HP CC3310. TheGBAM is installed in the GBCR. Each BSC can be configured with one GBAM.
5.7.1 Functions of the GBAMThe GBAM serves as a bridge between the LMT and the BSC.
5.7.2 Appearance of the GBAM (IBM X3650T)This describes the IBM X3650T, which serves as the GBAM.
5.7.3 Appearance of the GBAM (C5210)This describes the C5210, which serves as the GBAM.
5.7.4 Appearance of the GBAM (HP CC3310)This describes the HP CC3310, which serves as the GBAM.
5.7.1 Functions of the GBAMThe GBAM serves as a bridge between the LMT and the BSC.
The GBAM performs the following functions:
l Controls the communication between the LMT computer and boards, facilitates the dataconfiguration of the LMT, and filters the performance and alarm data
l Processes the commands issued by the LMT computer/M2000, and then forwards thecommands to the boards in the BSC for processing
l Filters the results from the BSC boards, and then returns the results to the LMT computer
5.7.2 Appearance of the GBAM (IBM X3650T)This describes the IBM X3650T, which serves as the GBAM.
Figure 5-13 shows the GBAM.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
5-15
Figure 5-13 GBAM
Front Panel of the GBAM (IBM X3650T)
The components on the front panel of the GBAM are the CD drive, LEDs, ports, and switches.
Figure 5-14 shows the front panel of the GBAM.
Figure 5-14 Front panel of the GBAM
1 2 3 45
67
8
91011
1213
141516
Table 5-5 describes the silkscreens on the front panel of the GBAM.
Table 5-5 Silkscreens on the front panel of the GBAM
SN Silkscreen Description
1 None CD-ROM drive
2 Power switch
3 Reset switch
4 CRT The CRT LED indicates the critical alarminformation. When the indicator is on (yellow), acritical fault occurs in the system and the systemcannot work properly.
5 MJR The MJR LED indicates the major alarminformation. When the indicator is on (yellow), amajor fault occurs in the system. Though thesystem can work properly, its performancedeteriorates.
5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
5-16 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
SN Silkscreen Description
6 MNR The MNR LED indicates the minor alarminformation. When the indicator is on (yellow), aminor fault occurs in the system. The system canstill work properly.
7 PWR The PWR LED indicates the power faultinformation. When the indicator is on (yellow), thepower supply for the system is faulty.
8 Serial port, with an 8-pin RJ45 connector
9 USB port
100
Indicates the status of the read and write functionof hard disk 0. When the LED is green, the readand write function of the hard disk is normal; whenthe LED is yellow, the read and write function ofthe hard disk is not normal.
111
Indicates the status of the read and write functionof hard disk 1. When the LED is green, the readand write function of the hard disk is normal; whenthe LED is yellow, the read and write function ofthe hard disk is not normal.
12 ON Main power LED
13 NIC0/NIC1 LED
14 System ID LED
15 ID switch, used to switch the system ID.
16 None NMI switch. When the NMI switch is pressed, theGBAM is in the pause state and continues todiagnose faults.
Rear Panel of the GBAM (IBM X3650T)The components on the rear panel of the GBAM are the power port, grounding post, and signalports.
Figure 5-15 shows the rear panel of the GBAM.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
5-17
Figure 5-15 Rear panel of the GBAM
Table 5-6 describes the silkscreens on the rear panel of the GBAM.
Table 5-6 Silkscreens on the rear panel of the GBAM
SN Silkscreen Description
1 Alarms DB15 alarm port (output port for the alarm informationof the GBAM)
2 None PCI extension slot (not configured)
3 None PCI extension slot (configured)
4 None Port of the 10M/100M adaptive Ethernet adapter
5 None Power module
6 PS/2 port, used to connect the keyboard and the mouse.The upper one is connected to the mouse and the lowerone is connected to the keyboard.
7 Serial port, with an 8-pin RJ45 connector
8 1 RJ45 NIC1 connector
9 2 RJ45 NIC2 connector
10 Video connector
11 1 USB 1
12 0 USB 0
13 Configuration port of the GBAM
14 SCSILVD/SE
Ultra320 SCSI port
15 PGND post
5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
5-18 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
5.7.3 Appearance of the GBAM (C5210)This describes the C5210, which serves as the GBAM.
Figure 5-16 shows the GBAM.
Figure 5-16 GBAM
Front Panel of the GBAM (C5210)
The components on the front panel of the GBAM are the CD drive, LEDs, ports, and switches.
Figure 5-17 shows the front panel of the GBAM.
Figure 5-17 Front panel of the GBAM
1 2 3 45
67
8
910
1112
1314
151617
Table 5-7 describes the silkscreens on the front panel of the GBAM.
Table 5-7 Silkscreens on the front panel of the GBAM
SN Silkscreen Description
1 None CD-ROM drive
2 Power switch
3 Reset switch
4 CRT The CRT LED indicates the critical alarm information. Whenthe indicator is on (yellow), a critical fault occurs in the systemand the system cannot work properly.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
5-19
SN Silkscreen Description
5 MJR The MJR LED indicates the major alarm information. Whenthe indicator is on (yellow), a major fault occurs in the system.Though the system can work properly, its performancedeteriorates.
6 MNR The MNR LED indicates the minor alarm information. Whenthe indicator is on (yellow), a minor fault occurs in the system.The system can still work properly.
7 PWR The PWR LED indicates the power fault information. Whenthe indicator is on (yellow), the power supply for the system isfaulty.
8 Serial port, with an 8-pin RJ45 connector
9 USB port
10
112
Indicates the status of the read and write function of hard disk2. When the LED is green, the read and write function of thehard disk is normal; when the LED is yellow, the read and writefunction of the hard disk is not normal.
121
Indicates the status of the read and write function of hard disk1. When the LED is green, the read and write function of thehard disk is normal; when the LED is yellow, the read and writefunction of the hard disk is not normal.
13 ON Main power LED
14 NIC0/NIC1 LED
15 System ID LED
16 ID switch, used to switch the system ID.
17 None NMI switch. When the NMI switch is pressed, the GBAM isin the pause state and continues to diagnose faults.
Rear Panel of the GBAM (C5210)The components on the rear panel of the GBAM are the power port, grounding post, and signalports.
Figure 5-18 shows the rear panel of the GBAM.
5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
5-20 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
Figure 5-18 Rear panel of the GBAM
+--+
12 11 9
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Table 5-8 describes the silkscreens on the rear panel of the GBAM.
Table 5-8 Silkscreens on the rear panel of the GBAM
SN Silkscreen Description
1 1 USB 1
2 Video connector
3 SCSILVD/SE
Ultra320 SCSI port
4 1 RJ45 NIC1 connector
5 Mouse/keyboard connector; A Y-shaped cable can be usedto connect the mouse and the keyboard.
6 Serial port, with an 8-pin RJ45 connector
7 2 USB 2
8 None Port of the 10M/100M adaptive Ethernet adapter
9 PGND post
10 None DC input socket; The connector labeled "-" is fixed to a -48V cable, and the connector labeled "+" is fixed to an RTNcable.
11 Alarms DB15 alarm port (output port for the alarm information ofthe GBAM)
12 0 RJ45 NIC0 connector
5.7.4 Appearance of the GBAM (HP CC3310)This describes the HP CC3310, which serves as the GBAM.
Figure 5-19 shows the GBAM.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
5-21
Figure 5-19 GBAM
Front Panel of the GBAM (HP CC3310)
The components on the front panel of the GBAM are the CD drive, LEDs, ports, and switches.
Figure 5-20 shows the front panel of the GBAM.
Figure 5-20 Front panel of the GBAM
1 2 3 45
67
8
910
1112
1314
151617
Table 5-9 describes the silkscreens on the front panel of the GBAM.
Table 5-9 Silkscreens on the front panel of the GBAM
SN Silkscreen Description
1 None CD-ROM drive
2 Power switch
3 Reset switch
4 CRT The CRT LED indicates the critical alarm information. Whenthe indicator is on (yellow), a critical fault occurs in the systemand the system cannot work properly.
5 MJR The MJR LED indicates the major alarm information. Whenthe indicator is on (yellow), a major fault occurs in the system.Though the system can work properly, its performancedeteriorates.
5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
5-22 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
SN Silkscreen Description
6 MNR The MNR LED indicates the minor alarm information. Whenthe indicator is on (yellow), a minor fault occurs in the system.The system can still work properly.
7 PWR The PWR LED indicates the power fault information. Whenthe indicator is on (yellow), the power supply for the system isfaulty.
8 Serial port, with an 8-pin RJ45 connector
9 USB port
10
112
Indicates the status of the read and write function of hard disk2. When the LED is green, the read and write function of thehard disk is normal; when the LED is yellow, the read and writefunction of the hard disk is not normal.
121
Indicates the status of the read and write function of hard disk1. When the LED is green, the read and write function of thehard disk is normal; when the LED is yellow, the read and writefunction of the hard disk is not normal.
13 ON Main power LED
14 NIC0/NIC1 LED
15 System ID LED
16 ID switch, used to switch the system ID.
17 None NMI switch. When the NMI switch is pressed, the GBAM is inthe pause state and continues to diagnose faults.
Rear Panel of the GBAM (HP CC3310)The components on the rear panel of the GBAM are the power port, grounding post, and signalports.
Figure 5-21 shows the rear panel of the GBAM.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
5-23
Figure 5-21 Rear panel of the GBAM
+--+
21
88 9
9 103
12
4 6
11
75
Table 5-10 describes the silkscreens on the rear panel of the GBAM.
Table 5-10 Silkscreens on the rear panel of the GBAM
SN Silkscreen Description
1 1 USB 1
2 Video connector
3 SCSILVD/SE
Ultra320 SCSI port
4 1 RJ45 NIC1 connector
5 Mouse/keyboard connector; A Y-shaped cable can beused to connect the mouse and the keyboard.
6 Serial port, with an 8-pin RJ45 connector
7 2 USB 2
8 None Port of the 10M/100M adaptive Ethernet adapter
9 PGND post
10 None DC input socket; The connector labeled "-" is fixed to a-48 V cable, and the connector labeled "+" is fixed to anRTN cable.
11 Alarms DB15 alarm port (output port for the alarm informationof the GBAM)
12 0 RJ45 NIC0 connector
5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
5-24 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
5.8 Rear Cable TroughThe rear cable trough is used to route and bind the cables for the boards that are inserted intothe rear slots of the subrack. Three fiber management trays are installed at the bottom of eachrear cable trough. They are used to coil optical cables.
Figure 5-22 shows the rear cable trough.
Figure 5-22 Rear cable trough
Fiber management trays
5.9 GBCR Cable Connections (Configuration Type A)The cables of the GBCR consist of the power cables, PGND cables, and signal cables.
5.9.1 Distribution of Power Switches in the GBCR (Configuration Type A)Each of the six power outputs of the power distribution box at the top of the GBCR suppliespower to a component in the GBCR in a fixed way.
5.9.2 Connections of Power Cables and PGND Cables in the GBCR (Configuration Type A)The power cables of the GBCR are used to connect the PDF to the PDB. This ensures a stablepower supply for the GBCR. The PGND cables are used to connect the cabinet to the PDF or tothe grounding bar in the equipment room. This protects the cabinet from electrostatic discharge.
5.9.3 Connections of Signal Cables in the GBCR (Configuration Type A)The signal cables in the GBCR consist of the active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable, active/standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable, optical cable, straight-through cable,inter-GTNU cable,BITS clock cable, Y-shaped clock cable, and PDB monitoring signal cable.
5.9.1 Distribution of Power Switches in the GBCR (ConfigurationType A)
Each of the six power outputs of the power distribution box at the top of the GBCR suppliespower to a component in the GBCR in a fixed way.
Figure 5-23 shows the mapping between the six power control switches on the powerdistribution box and the components in the GBCR. Table 5-11 lists the mapping between thepower control switches and the components.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
5-25
Figure 5-23 Distribution of the power switches in the GBCR
Distribution of power switches
Subrack-1
Subrack-0
KVM
LAN Switch
GBAM
SW1、SW4
SW2、SW5
SW3
SW3
SW3、SW6
Table 5-11 Distribution of the power switches in the GBCR
Component Power Switch
Subrack 1 SW1 and SW4
Subrack 0 SW2 and SW5
KVM SW3
LAN Switch SW3
GBAM SW3 and SW6
5.9.2 Connections of Power Cables and PGND Cables in the GBCR(Configuration Type A)
The power cables of the GBCR are used to connect the PDF to the PDB. This ensures a stablepower supply for the GBCR. The PGND cables are used to connect the cabinet to the PDF or tothe grounding bar in the equipment room. This protects the cabinet from electrostatic discharge.
l Figure 5-24 shows the GBCR configured with the IBM X3650T GBAM.
5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
5-26 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
l Figure 5-25 shows the GBCR configured with the C5210/HP CC3310 GBAM.
Figure 5-24 Distribution of power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR (IBM X3650T)
13
14
15
18
19
V2
V2R2
24
25
26
27
Vx: -48VxRx: RTNx
21 65
NEG(-) RTN(+)MONITOR
NEG(-) RTN(+)DC input1 DC input2
43 87
NEG(-) RTN(+) MONITOR NEG(-) RTN(+)DC input1 DC input2
V1
V1
V1R1
SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4 SW5 SW6
28
29
30
31
22
23
11.2.1
11.1.1
21
11.1.2
11.1.311.2.3
11
20
I O
R1 R1 R2
1 2 3 4 11.1 11.2 5 6 7 10
KVM
LAN switch
GBAM
12R2
8
V2
9
11.2.2
16
17
PGND wiring post on the top of the cabinet Power distribution box Power distribution box
Subrack
Subrack
Subrack
Subrack
PGND wiring post on the base of the cabinet
PGND wiring post on the base of the cabinet
Rear view Front view
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
5-27
Table 5-12 lists the power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR.
Table 5-12 Power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR
Number Description
1-8 Power cables for the BSC subracks
11 Power cable for the KVM
12 PDB monitoring cable
11.1.1 and 11.2.1 Power cables for the LAN switch
11.1.2, 11.2.2, 11.1.3, and 11.2.3 Power cables for the GBAM
13 PGND cable connecting the PDB and thebusbar
14, 15, 16, and 17 PGND cables for the BSC subracks
18 and 19 PGND cables connecting the busbars ofdifferent cabinets
20 PGND cable for the KVM
21 PGND cable for the LAN switch
22 and 23 PGND cables for the GBAM
24-31 PGND cables for the cabinet doors
5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
5-28 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
Figure 5-25 Connections of power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR (C5210/HP CC3310)
13
14
15
18
19
V2
V2R2
Rear view
24
25
26
27
Vx: -48VxRx: RTNx
21 65
NEG(-) RTN(+)MONITOR
NEG(-) RTN(+)DC input1 DC input2
43 87
NEG(-) RTN(+) MONITOR NEG(-) RTN(+)DC input1 DC input2
V1
V1
V1R1
SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4 SW5 SW6
Front view
28
29
30
31
2223
11.2.1
11.1.1
21
11.1.2
10.2
11.1.311.2.3
11
20
I O
R1 R1 R2
1 2 3 4 11.1 11.2 5 6 7 10
KVM
LAN switch
GBAM
12R2
8
V2
9
10.39.3
11.2.2
9.2
16
17
PGND wiring post on the top of the cabinet Power distribution box Power distribution box
Subrack
Subrack
Subrack
Subrack
PGND wiring post on the base of the cabinet
PGND wiring post on the base of the cabinet
Table 5-13 describes the power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
5-29
Table 5-13 Power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR
Number Description
1-8 Power cables for the BSC subracks
11 Power cable for the KVM
12 PDB monitoring cable
11.1.1 and 11.2.1 Power cables for the LAN switch
9.2, 9.3, 10.2, 10.3, 11.1.2, 11.2.2, 11.1.3, and11.2.3
Power cables for the GBAM
13 PGND cable connecting the PDB and thebusbar
14, 15, 16, and 17 PGND cables for the BSC subracks
18 and 19 PGND cables connecting the busbars ofdifferent cabinets
20 PGND cable for the KVM
21 PGND cable for the LAN switch
22 and 23 PGND cables for the GBAM
24-31 PGND cables for the cabinet doors
5.9.3 Connections of Signal Cables in the GBCR (ConfigurationType A)
The signal cables in the GBCR consist of the active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable, active/standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable, optical cable, straight-through cable,inter-GTNU cable,BITS clock cable, Y-shaped clock cable, and PDB monitoring signal cable.
l Figure 5-26 shows the GBCR configured with the IBM X3650T GBAM.l Figure 5-27 shows the GBCR configured with the C5210/HP CC3310 GBAM.
5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
5-30 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
Figure 5-26 Connections of signal cables in the GBCR (IBM X3650T)
MONITOR
MONITOR
13
20
23
12
9
10
18
19
19
18
1516
17
17
2421
22
14
1615
144321
5
5
6
6
1178
78
12
23
20
13 9 10 11Power distribution box
GEPS
GEPS
GMPS
Rear view Front view
GMPS
LAN switch
Power distribution box
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
5-31
Figure 5-27 Connections of signal cables in the GBCR (C5210/HP CC3310)
MONITOR
MONITOR
13
20
23
12
9
10
18
19
19
18
1516
17
17
2421
22
14
1615
144321
5
5
6
6
1178
78
12
23
20
13 9 10 11Power distribution box
GEPS
GEPS
GMPS
Rear view Front view
GMPS
LAN switch
Power distribution box
NOTE
l Figure 5-26 and Figure 5-27 show the connections of signal cables between a GMPS and a GEPS. Ifthere are more than one GEPS, you need to connect each GEPS to the GMPS directly. The connectionmethod is the same as the method of connecting the first GEPS to the GMPS.
l The types of interface boards, installation positions of cables, and number of cables shown in Figure5-26 and Figure 5-27 are examples. The actual types of interface boards, installation positions of cables,and number of cables depend on the site plan.
Table 5-14 describes the connections of the signal cables in the GBCR.
5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
5-32 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
Table 5-14 Signal cables in the GBCR
SN
Description Connector Type/InstallationPosition 1
ConnectorType/InstallationPosition 2
Remarks
1 75-ohm coaxial clockcable (or 120-ohm clockconversion cable)connecting the GGCU tothe BITS clock port
SMB maleconnector/CLKIN1 port onthe GGCU that isinstalled in slot 13of the GMPS
Connectorattached to theBITS clock/BITS clock port
Figure 5-26shows the clockcables that areconnected to theCLKIN1 andCLKIN0 ports.Generally, onlyone port is usedto connect to theBITS clock.
2 75-ohm coaxial clockcable (or 120-ohm clockconversion cable)connecting the GGCU tothe BITS clock port
SMB maleconnector/CLKIN0 port onthe GGCU that isinstalled in slot 13of the GMPS
Connectorattached to theBITS clock/BITS clock port
3 75-ohm coaxial clockcable (or 120-ohm clockconversion cable)connecting the GGCU tothe BITS clock port
SMB maleconnector/CLKIN1 port onthe GGCU that isinstalled in slot 12of the GMPS
Connectorattached to theBITS clock/BITS clock port
4 75-ohm coaxial clockcable (or 120-ohm clockconversion cable)connecting the GGCU tothe BITS clock port
SMB maleconnector/CLKIN0 port onthe GGCU that isinstalled in slot 12of the GMPS
Connectorattached to theBITS clock/BITS clock port
5 Y-shaped clock cableconnecting the GGCU tothe GSCU
RJ45/CLKOUTport on the GGCUthat is installed inslot 12 or 13 of theGMPS
RJ45/CLKINport on theGSCU that isinstalled in slot 6of the GEPS
-
6 Y-shaped clock cableconnecting the GGCU tothe GSCU
RJ45/CLKOUTport on the GGCUthat is installed inslot 12 or 13 of theGMPS
RJ45/CLKINport on theGSCU that isinstalled in slot 7of the GEPS
7 Inter-GTNU cable DB14/TDM porton the GTNU thatis installed in slot 4or 5 of the GMPS
DB14/TDM porton the GTNUthat is installed inslot 4 or 5 of theGEPS
-
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
5-33
SN
Description Connector Type/InstallationPosition 1
ConnectorType/InstallationPosition 2
Remarks
8 Inter-GTNU cable DB14/TDM porton the GTNU thatis installed in slot 4or 5 of the GMPS
DB14/TDM porton the GTNUthat is installed inslot 4 or 5 of theGEPS
9 E1/T1 cable connectingthe EIUa/PEUa to theDDF or other NEs
DB44/E1/T1 porton the EIUa/PEUathat is installed inslot 14 of the GEPS
DDF or otherNEs
-
10 E1/T1 cable connectingthe EIUa/PEUa to theDDF or other NEs
DB44/E1/T1 porton the EIUa/PEUathat is installed inslot 15 of the GEPS
DDF or otherNEs
11 E1/T1 cable connectingthe EIUa/PEUa to theDDF or other NEs
DB44/E1/T1 porton the EIUa/PEUathat is installed inslot 14 or 15 of theGEPS
DDF or otherNEs
-
12 PDB monitoring signalcable
DB15/portconnecting thePDB to a servicesubrack
DB15/MONITOR porton the lowestsubrack
-
13 Optical cable LC optical port/slot27 of the GEPS
OIUa in theGTCS, or ODF,or other NEs
-
14 Inter-GSCU Ethernetcable
RJ45/10/100/1000BASE-T port onthe GSCU that isinstalled in slot 7 ofthe GMPS
RJ45/10/100/1000BASE-T porton the GSCUthat is installed inslot 6 of theGEPS
-
15 Inter-GSCU Ethernetcable
RJ45/10/100/1000BASE-T port onthe GSCU that isinstalled in slot 7 ofthe GMPS
RJ45/10/100/1000BASE-T porton the GSCUthat is installed inslot 7 of theGEPS
5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
5-34 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
SN
Description Connector Type/InstallationPosition 1
ConnectorType/InstallationPosition 2
Remarks
16 Inter-GSCU Ethernetcable
RJ45/10/100/1000BASE-T port onthe GSCU that isinstalled in slot 6 ofthe GMPS
RJ45/10/100/1000BASE-T porton the GSCUthat is installed inslot 7 of theGEPS
17 Inter-GSCU Ethernetcable
RJ45/10/100/1000BASE-T port onthe GSCU that isinstalled in slot 6 ofthe GMPS
RJ45/10/100/1000BASE-T porton the GSCUthat is installed inslot 6 of theGEPS
18 Ethernet cable betweenthe GSCU and the GBAM
RJ45/GBAM RJ45/10/100/1000BASE-T10port on theGSCU that isinstalled in slot 6of the GMPS
-
19 Ethernet cable betweenthe GSCU and the GBAM
RJ45/GBAM RJ45/10/100/1000BASE-T10port on theGSCU that isinstalled in slot 7of the GEPS
20 Ethernet cable betweenthe LAN switch and theGBAM
RJ45/Ethernet porton the GBAM
RJ45/Ethernetport on the LANswitch
The GBAM isconnected toport 2 on theLAN switch.
21 Ethernet cable betweenthe LAN switch and theLMT computer
RJ45/Ethernet porton the LAN switch
RJ45/LMTcomputer
The LMTcomputer isconnected toport 22 on theLAN switch.
22 Ethernet cable betweenthe LAN switch and theM2000 (LAN)
RJ45/Ethernet porton the LAN switch
RJ45/Ethernetport on theM2000 (LAN)
The M2000(LAN) isconnected toport 24 on theLAN switch.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
5-35
SN
Description Connector Type/InstallationPosition 1
ConnectorType/InstallationPosition 2
Remarks
23 Ethernet cable betweenthe GBAM and the KVM
DB25 maleconnector/KVMsignal input port
DB15 maleconnector/GBAM monitorport (PS2 maleconnector)/Y-shaped KVMmouse port (PS2male connector)/Y-shaped KVMkey port
-
24 Ethernet cable betweenthe LAN switch and theCBC
RJ45/Ethernet porton the LAN switch
RJ45/Ethernetport on theM2000 (LAN)
The CBC isconnected toport 20 on theLAN switch.
5.10 Technical Specifications of the GBCR (ConfigurationType A)
The technical specifications of the GBCR consist of structural specifications and electricalspecifications.
Table 5-15 describes the structural specifications of the GBCR.
Table 5-15 Structural specifications of the GBCR
Specification Value
Cabinet standard IEC60297 standard and IEEE standard
Dimensions 2,200 mm (height) x 600 mm (width) x 800 mm (depth)
Height available 46 U
Weight Empty cabinet ≤ 100 kg; cabinet in full configuration ≤ 300 kg
Load-bearing capacityof the equipment room
≥ 450 kg/m2
Table 5-16 describes the electrical specifications of the GBCR.
5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
5-36 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
Table 5-16 Electrical specifications of the GBCR
Specification Value
Rated input voltage -48 V
Input voltage -40 V to -57 V
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
5-37
6 GBCR (Configuration Type B)
About This Chapter
This describes the components, cable connections, and engineering specifications of the GBCRthat is configured with the GOMU.
6.1 Components of the GBCR (Configuration Type B)This describes the outer components and inner components of the GBCR.
6.2 BSC High-Power Distribution BoxEach BSC cabinet must be configured with a power distribution box, which is installed at thetop of the BSC cabinet.
6.3 Cable Connections of the GBCR (Configuration Type B)The cables of the GBCR consist of the power cables, PGND cables, and signal cables.
6.4 Technical Specifications of the GBCR (Configuration Type B)The technical specifications of the GBCR consist of structural specifications and electricalspecifications.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 6 GBCR (Configuration Type B)
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
6-1
6.1 Components of the GBCR (Configuration Type B)This describes the outer components and inner components of the GBCR.
The outer components of the GBCR consist of the rack, side doors, front door, and rear door.The inner components of the GBCR vary with the configuration type. In configuration type B,the inner components of the GBCR consist of the power distribution box, subracks, air defencesubrack, and rear cable trough.
Outer Components of the GBCRFigure 6-1 shows the outer components of the GBCR.
6 GBCR (Configuration Type B)HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
6-2 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
Figure 6-1 Outer components of the GBCR
1
2
23
3
(1) Rack (2) Side door (3) Front and back doors
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 6 GBCR (Configuration Type B)
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
6-3
Inner Components of the GBCRFigure 6-2 shows the inner components of the GBCR.
Figure 6-2 Inner components of the GBCR
3
3
2
2
2
Front view Rear view
1
4 4
5
6
6
6
(1) Filler panel (2) Subrack (3) Air defence subrack
(4) Power distribution box (5) Cable rack in the cabinet (6) Rear cable trough
Table 6-1 lists the inner components of the GBCR.
6 GBCR (Configuration Type B)HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
6-4 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
Table 6-1 Inner Components of the GBCR
Component
Description Refer to...
Powerdistributionbox
Based on the power consumption of theGBCR, one BSC common powerdistribution box or one BSC high-power distribution box is configured.
BSC Common PowerDistribution Box and BSC High-Power Distribution Box
Subrack One mandatory GMPS, and one or twooptional GEPSs or GTCSs
BSC Subracks
Air defencesubrack
l When the cabinet is configured withtwo subracks, one air defencesubrack should be configured.
l When the cabinet is configured withthree subracks, two air defencesubracks should be configured.
Air Defence Subrack
Rear cabletrough
Each subrack should be configuredwith one rear cable trough.
Rear Cable Trough
NOTE
In configuration type B, the GBCR can be configured with the BSC common power distribution box orthe BSC high-power distribution box.
6.2 BSC High-Power Distribution BoxEach BSC cabinet must be configured with a power distribution box, which is installed at thetop of the BSC cabinet.
The BSC-high power distribution box provides lightning protection and overcurrent protectionfor four -48 V inputs, which are then divided into two groups to supply power to the functionalmodules in the BSC. (Each group has three -48 V outputs and three RTN outputs.) The powerdistribution box also detects the input voltage and the output power, and generates audible andvisual alarms when faults occur.
6.2.1 Front Panel of the BSC High-Power Distribution BoxThe components on the front panel of the BSC high-power distribution box are the panel of theMDMC and the power switches.
6.2.2 LEDs on the Front Panel of the BSC High-Power Distribution BoxThe LEDs on the front panel of the BSC high-power distribution box are labeled RUN and ALM.
6.2.3 Rear Panel of the BSC High-Power Distribution BoxThe components on the rear panel of the BSC high-power distribution box are the power inputterminal block, power output terminal block, port used to connect the power distribution box toa service subrack, and 2-hole grounding screw.
6.2.4 Technical Specifications of the BSC High-Power Distribution BoxThe technical specifications of the BSC high-power distribution box consist of the inputspecifications and output specifications.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 6 GBCR (Configuration Type B)
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
6-5
6.2.1 Front Panel of the BSC High-Power Distribution BoxThe components on the front panel of the BSC high-power distribution box are the panel of theMDMC and the power switches.
Figure 6-3 shows the front panel of the BSC high-power distribution box.
Figure 6-3 Front panel of the BSC high-power distribution box
6
RUN
MUTE
ALM
lO
5
A1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
B
1
SUBRCK-0SUBRCK-2 SUBRCK-1 SUBRCK-0SUBRCK-2 SUBRCK-1
23
4
(1) Panel of the MDMC (2) RUN LED (3) ALM LED(4) Mute switch (5) Power distribution switches (6) Label for power distribution switches
NOTE
For details of the MDMC, refer to 9.27 PAMU.
CAUTIONl When turning on or turning off the power distribution switches, you can refer to the label
for power distribution switches.l To disassemble a device, switch off the device, and then disconnect the power cable from
the device.
You can determine whether the power distribution box generates an audible alarm by setting themute switch.
l If you set the mute switch to 1, the power distribution box generates an audible alarm whenit detects a fault.
l If you set the mute switch to 0, the power distribution box does not generate an audiblealarm when it detects a fault.
6.2.2 LEDs on the Front Panel of the BSC High-Power DistributionBox
The LEDs on the front panel of the BSC high-power distribution box are labeled RUN and ALM.
Table 6-2 describes the LEDs on the front panel of the BSC high-power distribution box.
6 GBCR (Configuration Type B)HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
6-6 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
Table 6-2 LEDs on the front panel of the BSC high-power distribution box
LED Color Status Meaning
RUN Green On for 1s and off for1s
The PAMU is working and communicatingwith the GSCU.
On for 0.125s andoff for 0.125s
The PAMU is not working or notcommunicating with the GSCU.
Off The PAMU has no power input or the powerdistribution box is faulty.
ALM Red Off There is no alarm.
On The power distribution box is faulty. TheALM LED, however, is always on during thePAMU self-test. It is an indication that theALM LED is functional.
NOTE
When the power distribution box is reset, the RUN and ALM LEDs turn on at the same time. Meanwhile,the monitoring board is performing self-check. As soon as the self-check is complete, the RUN and ALMLEDs turn off. Then, the RUN and ALM LEDs normally display the operating status of the powerdistribution box.
6.2.3 Rear Panel of the BSC High-Power Distribution BoxThe components on the rear panel of the BSC high-power distribution box are the power inputterminal block, power output terminal block, port used to connect the power distribution box toa service subrack, and 2-hole grounding screw.
Figure 6-4 shows the rear panel of the BSC high-power distribution box.
Figure 6-4 Rear panel of the BSC high-power distribution box
1
B
4
A
2
3
(1) Power input terminal block (2) Power output terminal block(3) Port used to connect the power distribution box to a service subrack (4) 2-hole grounding screw
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 6 GBCR (Configuration Type B)
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
6-7
NOTE
l Figure 6-4 shows the main ports related to the BSC.
l On the power input terminal blocks of groups A and B, the wiring terminals for the -48 V power cableare labeled 3(-), 2(-), and 1(-), and the wiring terminals for the RTN power cable are labeled 3(+), 2(+), and 1(+).
l On the power output terminal blocks of groups A and B, the wiring terminals for the -48 V power cableand RTN power cable are labeled NEG(-) and RTN(+) respectively .
6.2.4 Technical Specifications of the BSC High-Power DistributionBox
The technical specifications of the BSC high-power distribution box consist of the inputspecifications and output specifications.
Table 6-3 lists the technical specifications of the BSC high-power distribution box.
Table 6-3 Technical specifications of the BSC high-power distribution box
Item Sub Item Specification
Inputspecifications
Rated input voltage -48 V DC or -60 V DC
Input voltage -40 V DC to -72 V DC
Input mode Two groups of power inputs: A and B. Group Aconsists of the power inputs A1+A2 and A3. GroupB consists of the power inputs B1+B2 and B3. Eachgroup has one to two -48 V DC/-60 V DC powerinputs.
Maximum inputcurrent
The maximum rated input current of each route is100 A.
Outputspecifications
Rated output voltage -48 V DC or -60 V DC
Output voltage -40 V DC to -72 V DC
Independent output Two groups of power outputs: A and B. Each grouphas one to three -48 V DC/-60 V DC power outputs.The maximum rated output current of each outputis 50 A and that of each group is 100 A.Each output is controlled by the MCBs: A8-A10and B8-B10. These MCBs provide the overcurrentprotection function.
Output protectionspecifications
The current at the overcurrent protection point is70 A. You need to restore the default valuemanually.
Rated output power 9,600 W (Two groups of power outputs: A and B.Each group has two –48 V DC power outputs.)
6 GBCR (Configuration Type B)HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
6-8 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
Item Sub Item Specification
NOTEFor group A, power inputs A1+A2 correspond to power outputs A1-A8, and power input A3 correspondsto power outputs A9-A10. Similarly, for group B, power inputs B1+B2 correspond to power outputs B1-B8, and power input B3 corresponds to power outputs B9-B10.
6.3 Cable Connections of the GBCR (Configuration Type B)The cables of the GBCR consist of the power cables, PGND cables, and signal cables.
6.3.1 Distribution of Power Switches in the GBCR (Configuration Type B)The GBCR can be configured with the BSC common power distribution box or the BSC high-power distribution box. Each of the six power outputs of the power distribution box suppliespower to a component in the GBCR in a fixed way.
6.3.2 Connections of Power Cables and PGND Cables in the GBCR (Configuration Type B)The power cables of the GBCR are used to connect the PDF to the PDB. This ensures a stablepower supply for the GBCR. The PGND cables are used to connect the cabinet to the PDF or tothe grounding bar in the equipment room. This protects the cabinet from electrostatic discharge.The connections of power cables in the cabinet vary with the types of power distribution box inuse.
6.3.3 Connections of Signal Cables in the GBCR (Configuration Type B)The signal cables in the GBCR consist of the active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable, active/standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable, optical cable, straight-through cable, inter-GTNU cable,BITS clock cable, Y-shaped clock cable, and PDB monitoring signal cable.
6.3.1 Distribution of Power Switches in the GBCR (ConfigurationType B)
The GBCR can be configured with the BSC common power distribution box or the BSC high-power distribution box. Each of the six power outputs of the power distribution box suppliespower to a component in the GBCR in a fixed way.
Distribution of the Power Switches in the GBSR (Common Power DistributionBox)
Figure 6-5 shows the mapping between the six power control switches on the power distributionbox and the components in the GBCR. Table 6-4 lists the mapping between the power controlswitches and the components.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 6 GBCR (Configuration Type B)
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
6-9
Figure 6-5 Distribution of the power switches in the GBCR (1)
Distribution of power switches
SW1, SW4
SW2, SW5
Subrack-2
Subrack-1
Subrack-0SW3, SW6
Table 6-4 Mapping between the power switches and the components (1)
Component Power Switch
Subrack 2 SW1 and SW4
Subrack 1 SW2 and SW5
Subrack 0 SW3 and SW6
Distribution of the Power Switches in the GBCR (High-Power Distribution Box)Figure 6-6 shows the mapping between the six power control switches on the high-powerdistribution box and the components in the GBCR. Table 6-5 lists the mapping between thepower control switches and the components.
6 GBCR (Configuration Type B)HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
6-10 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
Figure 6-6 Distribution of the power switches in the GBCR (2)
Distribution of power switches
A8、B8
A9、B9
Subrack-2
Subrack-1
Subrack-0A10、B10
Table 6-5 Mapping between the power switches and the components (2)
Component Power Switch
Subrack 2 A8 and B8
Subrack 1 A9 and B9
Subrack 0 A10 and B10
6.3.2 Connections of Power Cables and PGND Cables in the GBCR(Configuration Type B)
The power cables of the GBCR are used to connect the PDF to the PDB. This ensures a stablepower supply for the GBCR. The PGND cables are used to connect the cabinet to the PDF or tothe grounding bar in the equipment room. This protects the cabinet from electrostatic discharge.The connections of power cables in the cabinet vary with the types of power distribution box inuse.
Connections of the Power Cables and PGND Cables (Common Power DistributionBox Configured)
Figure 6-7 shows the connections of the power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 6 GBCR (Configuration Type B)
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
6-11
Figure 6-7 Connections of power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR (1)
4.14.2
5.15.2
6.16.23.2
3.12.2
2.11.2
1.1
7
8
9
10
14
15
16
V2
V2
V2R R R
Rear view
17
18
19
20
Vx: -48VxRx: RTN
1.21.1 4.24.1
NEG(-) RTN(+)MONITOR
NEG(-) RTN(+)DC input1 DC input2
2.22.1 5.25.1
NEG(-) RTN(+) MONITOR NEG(-) RTN(+)DC input1 DC input2
3.23.1 6.26.1
NEG(-) RTN(+)MONITOR
NEG(-) RTN(+)DC input1 DC input2
V1
V1
V1R R R
Front view
21
22
23
24
11
12
13
SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4 SW5 SW6
PGND wiring post on the top of the cabinet Power distribution box Power distribution box
Subrack
Subrack
Subrack
Subrack
Subrack Subrack
PGND wiring post on the base of the cabinet
PGND wiring post on the base of the cabinet
6 GBCR (Configuration Type B)HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
6-12 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
Table 6-6 lists the power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR.
Table 6-6 Power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR (1)
Number Description
1.1 and 1.2; 2.1 and 2.2; 3.1 and 3.2; 4.1 and4.2; 5.1 and 5.2; 6.1 and 6.2
Power cables for the BSC subracks
7 PGND cable for the power distribution box
8, 9, 10, 11, 12, and 13 PGND cables for the BSC subracks
14, 15, and 16 Inter-cabinet PGND cables
17-24 PGND cables for the cabinet doors
Connections of the Power Cables and PGND Cables (High-Power Distribution BoxConfigured)
Figure 6-8 shows the connections of the power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 6 GBCR (Configuration Type B)
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
6-13
Figure 6-8 Connections of power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR (2)
RTN(+)
21 87
NEG(-) RTN(+)MONITO
R NEG(-)
RTN(+)
43 109
NEG(-) RTN(+) MONITOR NEG(-)
RTN(+)
65 1211
NEG(-) RTN(+) MONITOR NEG(-)
13
14
15
16
19
18
17
20
21
22
Rear view Front view
27
28
29
30
23
24
25
26
DC input1 DC input2
DC input1 DC input2
DC input1 DC input2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
A1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
B
RUNALMMUTE
Power distribution box
Subrack
Subrack
Subrack
Subrack
Subrack
Subrack
PGND wiring post on the base of the cabinet
PGND wiring post on the base of the cabinet
Table 6-7 lists the power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR.
Table 6-7 Power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR (2)
SN Description
1 and 2; 3 and 4; 5 and 6; 7 and 8; 9 and 10;11 and 12
Power cables for the BSC subracks
6 GBCR (Configuration Type B)HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
6-14 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
SN Description
13 PGND cable connecting the PDB and thebusbar
14, 15, and 16; 17, 18, and 19 PGND cables connecting the busbars ofdifferent subracks
20, 21, and 22 PGND cables connecting the busbars ofdifferent cabinets
23-30 PGND cables for the cabinet doors
6.3.3 Connections of Signal Cables in the GBCR (ConfigurationType B)
The signal cables in the GBCR consist of the active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable, active/standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable, optical cable, straight-through cable, inter-GTNU cable,BITS clock cable, Y-shaped clock cable, and PDB monitoring signal cable.
Figure 6-9 shows the connections of the signal cables in the GBCR.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 6 GBCR (Configuration Type B)
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
6-15
Figure 6-9 Connections of the signal cables in the GBCR
GEPS
GMPS
GTCS
Rear view Front view
Power distribution box
MONITOR
MONITOR
12
12
109
13 9,10
MONITOR
GMPS
13
GEPS
11
7
7
8
8
5
1234
56
1415
1617
1417
7
8
6
1516
GTCS18 19 20
21
2021
11
22
1918
NOTE
l Figure 6-9 takes the configuration of one GMPS, one GEPS, and one GTCS as an example.
l The types of interface boards, installation positions of cables, and number of cables shown in Figure6-9 are examples. The actual types of interface boards, installation positions of cables, and number ofcables depend on the site plan.
Table 6-8 describes the connections of the signal cables in the GBCR.
6 GBCR (Configuration Type B)HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
6-16 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
Table 6-8 Signal cables in the GBCR
SN Description Connector Type/InstallationPosition 1
Connector Type/InstallationPosition 2
Remarks
1 75-ohm coaxialclock cable (or 120-ohm clockconversion cable)connecting theGGCU to the BITSclock port
SMB maleconnector/CLKIN1port on the GGCUthat is installed inslot 13 of the GMPS
Connector attachedto the BITS clock/BITS clock port
Figure 6-9shows theclock cablesthat areconnected tothe CLKIN1and CLKIN0ports.Generally,only one portis used toconnect to theBITS clock.
2 75-ohm coaxialclock cable (or 120-ohm clockconversion cable)connecting theGGCU to the BITSclock port
SMB maleconnector/CLKIN0port on the GGCUthat is installed inslot 13 of the GMPS
Connector attachedto the BITS clock/BITS clock port
3 75-ohm coaxialclock cable (or 120-ohm clockconversion cable)connecting theGGCU to the BITSclock port
SMB maleconnector/CLKIN1port on the GGCUthat is installed inslot 12 of the GMPS
Connector attachedto the BITS clock/BITS clock port
4 75-ohm coaxialclock cable (or 120-ohm clockconversion cable)connecting theGGCU to the BITSclock port
SMB maleconnector/CLKIN0port on the GGCUthat is installed inslot 12 of the GMPS
Connector attachedto the BITS clock/BITS clock port
5 Y-shaped clockcable connectingthe GGCU to theGSCU
RJ45/CLKOUTport on the GGCUthat is installed inslot 12 or 13 of theGMPS
RJ45/CLKIN porton the GSCU that isinstalled in slot 6 ofthe GEPS
-
6 Y-shaped clockcable connectingthe GGCU to theGSCU
RJ45/CLKOUTport on the GGCUthat is installed inslot 12 or 13 of theGMPS
RJ45/CLKIN porton the GSCU that isinstalled in slot 7 ofthe GEPS
7 Inter-GTNU cable DB14/TDM port onthe GTNU that isinstalled in slot 4 or5 of the GMPS
DB14/TDM porton the GTNU thatis installed in slot 4or 5 of the GEPS
-
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 6 GBCR (Configuration Type B)
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
6-17
SN Description Connector Type/InstallationPosition 1
Connector Type/InstallationPosition 2
Remarks
8 Inter-GTNU cable DB14/TDM port onthe GTNU that isinstalled in slot 4 or5 of the GMPS
DB14/TDM porton the GTNU thatis installed in slot 4or 5 of the GEPS
9 E1/T1 cableconnecting theEIUa/PEUa to theDDF or other NEs
DB44/E1/T1 porton the EIUa/PEUathat is installed inslot 14 of the GEPS
DDF or other NEs -
10 E1/T1 cableconnecting theEIUa/PEUa to theDDF or other NEs
DB44/E1/T1 porton the EIUa/PEUathat is installed inslot 15 of the GEPS
DDF or other NEs
11 E1/T1 cableconnecting theEIUa/PEUa to theDDF or other NEs
DB44/E1/T1 porton the EIUa/PEUathat is installed inslot 14 or 15 of theGEPS
DDF or other NEs -
12 PDB monitoringsignal cable
DB15/portconnecting the PDBto a service subrack
DB15/MONITORport on the lowestsubrack
-
13 Optical cable LC optical port/slot27 of the GEPS
OIUa in the GTCS,or ODF, or otherNEs
-
14 Inter-GSCUEthernet cable
RJ45/10/100/1000BASE-T port on theGSCU that isinstalled in slot 7 ofthe GMPS
RJ45/10/100/1000BASE-T port onthe GSCU that isinstalled in slot 6 ofthe GEPS
-
15 Inter-GSCUEthernet cable
RJ45/10/100/1000BASE-T port on theGSCU that isinstalled in slot 7 ofthe GMPS
RJ45/10/100/1000BASE-T port onthe GSCU that isinstalled in slot 7 ofthe GEPS
16 Inter-GSCUEthernet cable
RJ45/10/100/1000BASE-T port on theGSCU that isinstalled in slot 6 ofthe GMPS
RJ45/10/100/1000BASE-T port onthe GSCU that isinstalled in slot 7 ofthe GEPS
6 GBCR (Configuration Type B)HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
6-18 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
SN Description Connector Type/InstallationPosition 1
Connector Type/InstallationPosition 2
Remarks
17 Inter-GSCUEthernet cable
RJ45/10/100/1000BASE-T port on theGSCU that isinstalled in slot 6 ofthe GMPS
RJ45/10/100/1000BASE-T port onthe GSCU that isinstalled in slot 6 ofthe GEPS
18 Inter-GSCUEthernet cable
RJ45/10/100/1000BASE-T10 port onthe GSCU that isinstalled in slot 6 ofthe GMPS
RJ45/10/100/1000BASE-T port onthe GSCU that isinstalled in slot 6 ofthe GTCS
-
19 Inter-GSCUEthernet cable
RJ45/10/100/1000BASE-T10 port onthe GSCU that isinstalled in slot 7 ofthe GMPS
RJ45/10/100/1000BASE-T port onthe GSCU that isinstalled in slot 6 ofthe GTCS
20 Inter-GSCUEthernet cable
RJ45/10/100/1000BASE-T port on theGSCU that isinstalled in slot 7 ofthe GMPS
RJ45/10/100/1000BASE-T port onthe GSCU that isinstalled in slot 7 ofthe GTCS
-
21 Inter-GSCUEthernet cable
RJ45/10/100/1000BASE-T port on theGSCU that isinstalled in slot 6 ofthe GMPS
RJ45/10/100/1000BASE-T port onthe GSCU that isinstalled in slot 7 ofthe GTCS
-
22 Ethernet cablebetween the GOMUand the M2000(LAN)
RJ45/GOMUEthernet port
RJ45/Ethernet porton the M2000(LAN)
ETH0/ETH1port on theGOMU,connecting tothe M2000(LAN)
6.4 Technical Specifications of the GBCR (ConfigurationType B)
The technical specifications of the GBCR consist of structural specifications and electricalspecifications.
Table 6-9 describes the structural specifications of the GBCR.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 6 GBCR (Configuration Type B)
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
6-19
Table 6-9 Structural specifications of the GBCR
Specification Value
Cabinet standard IEC60297 standard and IEEE standard
Dimensions 2,200 mm (height) x 600 mm (width) x 800 mm (depth)
Height of the availablespace
46 U
Weight Empty cabinet ≤ 100 kg; fully configured cabinet ≤ 300 kg
Load-bearing capacityof the equipment room
≥ 450 kg/m2
Table 6-10 describes the electrical specifications of the GBCR.
Table 6-10 Electrical specifications of the GBCR
Specification Value
Rated input voltage -48 V
Input voltage -40 V to -57 V
6 GBCR (Configuration Type B)HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
6-20 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
7 GBSR Cabinet
About This Chapter
The GBSR processes the services of the BSC. A maximum of three GBSRs can be configured,depending on traffic volume.
7.1 Components of the GBSRThis describes the inner components and outer components of the GBSR.
7.2 Cable Connections of the GBSRThe cables of the GBSR consist of power cables, PGND cables, and signal cables.
7.3 Technical Specifications of the GBSRThe technical specifications of the GBSR consist of structural specifications and electricalspecifications.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 7 GBSR Cabinet
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
7-1
7.1 Components of the GBSRThis describes the inner components and outer components of the GBSR.
The outer components of the GBSR consist of the rack, side doors, front door, and rear door.The inner components of the GBSR consist of the power distribution box, subracks, air defencesubracks, and rear cable troughs.
Outer Components of the GBSRFigure 7-1 shows the outer components of the GBSR.
7 GBSR CabinetHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
7-2 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
Figure 7-1 Outer components of the GBSR
1
2
23
3
(1) Rack (2) Side door (3) Front and back doors
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 7 GBSR Cabinet
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
7-3
Inner Components of the GBSRFigure 7-2 shows the inner components of the GBSR.
Figure 7-2 Inner components of the GBSR
3
3
2
2
2
Front view Rear view
1
4 4
5
6
6
6
(1) Filler panel (2) Subrack (3) Air defence subrack
(4) Power distribution box (5) Cable rack in the cabinet (6) Rear cable trough
Table 7-1 describes the inner components of the GBSR.
7 GBSR CabinetHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
7-4 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
Table 7-1 Inner components of the GBSR
Component Description Refer to...
Powerdistribution box
Based on the power consumption ofthe GBSR, one BSC common powerdistribution box or one BSC high-power distribution box isconfigured.
BSC Common PowerDistribution Box and BSCHigh-Power Distribution Box
Subrack One to three GEPSs (GTCSs) areconfigured.
BSC Subracks
Air defencesubrack
l When the cabinet is configuredwith two subracks, one airdefence subrack should beconfigured.
l When the cabinet is configuredwith three subracks, two airdefence subracks should beconfigured.
Air Defence Subrack
Rear cable trough Each subrack should be configuredwith one rear cable trough.
Rear Cable Trough
NOTE
l If the GBCR is in configuration type A, the GBSR should be configured with the BSC commonpower distribution box.
l If the GBCR is in configuration type B, the GBSR can be configured with the BSC common powerdistribution box or the BSC high-power distribution box.
7.2 Cable Connections of the GBSRThe cables of the GBSR consist of power cables, PGND cables, and signal cables.
7.2.1 Distribution of the Power Switches in the GBSRThe GBSR can be configured with the BSC common power distribution box or the BSC high-power distribution box. Each of the six power outputs of the power distribution box suppliespower to a component in the GBSR in a fixed way.
7.2.2 Connections of Power Cables and PGND Cables in the GBSRThe power cables in the GBSR are used to connect the PDF to the power distribution box. Thisensures a stable power supply for the GBSR. The PGND cables are used to connect the cabinetto the PDF or to the grounding bar in the equipment room. This protects the cabinet fromelectrostatic discharge.
7.2.3 Connections of Signal Cables in the GBSRThe signal cables in the GBSR consist of the active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable, active/standby120-ohm twisted pair cable, optical cable, straight-through cable, inter-GTNU cable, Y-shapedclock cable, and PDB monitoring signal cable.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 7 GBSR Cabinet
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
7-5
7.2.1 Distribution of the Power Switches in the GBSRThe GBSR can be configured with the BSC common power distribution box or the BSC high-power distribution box. Each of the six power outputs of the power distribution box suppliespower to a component in the GBSR in a fixed way.
Distribution of the Power Switches in the GBSR (Common Power DistributionBox)
Figure 7-3 shows the mapping between the six power control switches on the power distributionbox and the components in the GBSR. Table 7-2 lists the mapping between the power controlswitches and the components.
Figure 7-3 Distribution of the power switches in the GBSR (1)
SW1、SW4
SW2、SW5
Subrack-2
Subrack-1
Subrack-0SW3、SW6
Distribution of power switches
Table 7-2 Mapping between the power switches and the components (1)
Component Power Switch
Subrack 2 SW1 and SW4
Subrack 1 SW2 and SW5
Subrack 0 SW3 and SW6
7 GBSR CabinetHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
7-6 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
Distribution of the Power Switches in the GBSR (High-Power Distribution Box)
Figure 7-4 shows the mapping between the six power control switches on the high-powerdistribution box and the components in the GBSR. Table 7-3 lists the mapping between thepower control switches and the components.
Figure 7-4 Distribution of the power switches in the GBSR (2)
A8、B8
A9、B9
Subrack-2
Subrack-1
Subrack-0A10、B10
Distribution of power switches
Table 7-3 Mapping between the power switches and the components (2)
Component Power Switch
Subrack 2 A8 and B8
Subrack 1 A9 and B9
Subrack 0 A10 and B10
7.2.2 Connections of Power Cables and PGND Cables in the GBSRThe power cables in the GBSR are used to connect the PDF to the power distribution box. Thisensures a stable power supply for the GBSR. The PGND cables are used to connect the cabinetto the PDF or to the grounding bar in the equipment room. This protects the cabinet fromelectrostatic discharge.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 7 GBSR Cabinet
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
7-7
Connections of the Power Cables and PGND Cables (Common Power DistributionBox Configured)
Figure 7-5 shows the connections of power cables and PGND cables in the GBSR.
7 GBSR CabinetHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
7-8 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
Figure 7-5 Connections of power cables and PGND cables in the GBSR (1)
4.14.2
5.15.2
6.16.23.2
3.12.2
2.11.2
1.1
7
8
9
10
14
15
16
V2
V2
V2R R R
Rear view
17
18
19
20
Vx: -48VxRx: RTN
1.21.1 4.24.1
NEG(-) RTN(+)MONITOR
NEG(-) RTN(+)DC input1 DC input2
2.22.1 5.25.1
NEG(-) RTN(+) MONITOR NEG(-) RTN(+)DC input1 DC input2
3.23.1 6.26.1
NEG(-) RTN(+)MONITOR
NEG(-) RTN(+)DC input1 DC input2
V1
V1
V1R R R
Front view
21
22
23
24
11
12
13
SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4 SW5 SW6
PGND wiring post on the top of the cabinet Power distribution box Power distribution box
Subrack
Subrack
Subrack
Subrack
Subrack Subrack
PGND wiring post on the base of the cabinet
PGND wiring post on the base of the cabinet
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 7 GBSR Cabinet
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
7-9
Table 7-4 describes the power cables and PGND cables in the GBSR.
Table 7-4 Power cables and PGND cables in the GBSR (1)
Number Description
1.1 and 1.2; 2.1 and 2.2; 3.1 and 3.2; 4.1 and4.2; 5.1 and 5.2; 6.1 and 6.2
Power cables for the BSC subracks
7 and 8 PGND cables for the cabinet busbar
9 PGND cable for the power distribution box
10, 11, and 12 PGND cables for the BSC subracks
13, 14, and 15 Inter-cabinet PGND cables
16-23 PGND cables for the cabinet doors
Connections of the Power Cables and PGND Cables (High-Power Distribution BoxConfigured)
Figure 7-6 shows the connections of power cables and PGND cables in the GBSR.
7 GBSR CabinetHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
7-10 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
Figure 7-6 Connections of power cables and PGND cables in the GBSR (2)
4.14.2
5.15.2
6.16.23.2
3.12.2
2.11.2
1.1
7
8
9
10
14
15
16
V2
V2
V2R R R
Rear view
17
18
19
20
Vx: -48VxRx: RTN
1.21.1 4.24.1
NEG(-) RTN(+)MONITOR
NEG(-) RTN(+)DC input1 DC input2
2.22.1 5.25.1
NEG(-) RTN(+) MONITOR NEG(-) RTN(+)DC input1 DC input2
3.23.1 6.26.1
NEG(-) RTN(+)MONITOR
NEG(-) RTN(+)DC input1 DC input2
V1
V1
V1R R R
Front view
21
22
23
24
11
12
13
SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4 SW5 SW6
PGND wiring post on the top of the cabinet Power distribution box Power distribution box
Subrack
Subrack
Subrack
Subrack
Subrack Subrack
PGND wiring post on the base of the cabinet
PGND wiring post on the base of the cabinet
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 7 GBSR Cabinet
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
7-11
Table 7-5 describes the power cables and PGND cables in the GBSR.
Table 7-5 Power cables and PGND cables in the GBSR (2)
SN Description
1 and 2; 3 and 4; 5 and 6; 7 and 8; 9 and 10;11 and 12
Power cables for the BSC subracks
13 PGND cable connecting the PDB and thebusbar
14, 15, and 16; 17, 18, and 19 PGND cables connecting the busbars ofdifferent subracks
20, 21, and 22 PGND cables connecting the busbars ofdifferent cabinets
23-30 PGND cables for the cabinet doors
7.2.3 Connections of Signal Cables in the GBSRThe signal cables in the GBSR consist of the active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable, active/standby120-ohm twisted pair cable, optical cable, straight-through cable, inter-GTNU cable, Y-shapedclock cable, and PDB monitoring signal cable.
Figure 7-7 shows the connections of the signal cables in the GBSR.
7 GBSR CabinetHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
7-12 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
Figure 7-7 Connections of the signal cables in the GBSR
Front view
89
63
5
9
10
10
11
4
8
2
7
67
345
2
11
12
12
GTCS
GTCS
GTCS
Rear view
1
13
15
14
14,15
MONITOR
MONITOR
MONITOR
1
13
Power distribution
box
16
16
GTCS
GTCS
GTCS
Power distribution
box
NOTE
l Figure 7-7 shows the connections of the signal cables in a GBSR that is configured with three GTCSs.If the number of GTCSs to be configured is greater than three, another cabinet is required. Theconnections of signals cables for more than three GTCSs are the same.
l The types of interface boards, installation positions of cables, and number of cables shown in Figure7-7 are examples. The actual types of interface boards, installation positions of cables, and number ofcables depend on the site plan.
l In Figure 7-7, the lowest GTCS serves as the main subrack and the GSCUs in the subracks areconnected in the form of star topology. In practice, any GTCS can be used as the main subrack.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 7 GBSR Cabinet
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
7-13
Table 7-6 describes the connections of the signal cables in the GBSR.
Table 7-6 Signal cables in the GBSR
SN Description Connector Type/Installation Position 1
Connector Type/Installation Position 2
1 PDB monitoringsignal cable
DB15/port connecting thePDB to a service subrack
DB15/MONITOR port onthe lowest subrack
2 Inter-GSCUEthernet cable
RJ45/10/100/1000BASE-Tport on the GSCU that isinstalled in slot 6 of themain GTCS
RJ45/10/100/1000BASE-T port on the GSCU that isinstalled in slot 6 of theGTCS
3 Inter-GSCUEthernet cable
RJ45/10/100/1000BASE-Tport on the GSCU that isinstalled in slot 6 of themain GTCS
RJ45/10/100/1000BASE-T port on the GSCU that isinstalled in slot 7 of theGTCS
4 Inter-GSCUEthernet cable
RJ45/10/100/1000BASE-Tport on the GSCU that isinstalled in slot 6 of themain GTCS
RJ45/10/100/1000BASE-T port on the GSCU that isinstalled in slot 6 of theGTCS
5 Inter-GSCUEthernet cable
RJ45/10/100/1000BASE-Tport on the GSCU that isinstalled in slot 6 of themain GTCS
RJ45/10/100/1000BASE-T port on the GSCU that isinstalled in slot 7 of theGTCS
6 Inter-GSCUEthernet cable
RJ45/10/100/1000BASE-Tport on the GSCU that isinstalled in slot 7 of themain GTCS
RJ45/10/100/1000BASE-T port on the GSCU that isinstalled in slot 6 of theGTCS
7 Inter-GSCUEthernet cable
RJ45/10/100/1000BASE-Tport on the GSCU that isinstalled in slot 7 of themain GTCS
RJ45/10/100/1000BASE-T port on the GSCU that isinstalled in slot 7 of theGTCS
8 Inter-GSCUEthernet cable
RJ45/10/100/1000BASE-Tport on the GSCU that isinstalled in slot 7 of themain GTCS
RJ45/10/100/1000BASE-T port on the GSCU that isinstalled in slot 6 of theGTCS
9 Inter-GSCUEthernet cable
RJ45/10/100/1000BASE-Tport on the GSCU that isinstalled in slot 7 of themain GTCS
RJ45/10/100/1000BASE-T port on the GSCU that isinstalled in slot 7 of theGTCS
10 Inter-GTNU cable DB14/TDM port on theGTNU that is installed inslot 4 or 5 of the GTCS
DB14/TDM port on theGTNU that is installed inslot 4 or 5 of the GTCS
7 GBSR CabinetHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
7-14 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
SN Description Connector Type/Installation Position 1
Connector Type/Installation Position 2
11 Inter-GTNU cable DB14/TDM port on theGTNU that is installed inslot 4 or 5 of the GTCS
DB14/TDM port on theGTNU that is installed inslot 4 or 5 of the GTCS
12 Inter-GTNU cable DB14/TDM port on theGTNU that is installed inslot 4 or 5 of the GTCS
DB14/TDM port on theGTNU that is installed inslot 4 or 5 of the GTCS
13 E1/T1 cableconnecting theEIUa/PEUa to theDDF or other NEs
DB44/E1/T1 port on theEIUa/PEUa that is installedin slot 14 or 15 of the GTCS
DDF or other NEs
14 E1/T1 cableconnecting theEIUa/PEUa to theDDF or other NEs
DB44/E1/T1 port on theEIUa/PEUa that is installedin slot 14 or 15 of the GTCS
DDF or other NEs
15 E1/T1 cableconnecting theEIUa/PEUa to theDDF or other NEs
DB44/E1/T1 port on theEIUa/PEUa that is installedin slot 14 or 15 of the GTCS
DDF or other NEs
16 Optical cable LC optical port/RX/TX porton the OIUa that is installedin slot 27 of the GTCS
OIUa of the GMPS/GEPSor ODF
7.3 Technical Specifications of the GBSRThe technical specifications of the GBSR consist of structural specifications and electricalspecifications.
Table 7-7 describes the structural specifications of the GBSR.
Table 7-7 Structural specifications of the GBSR
Specification Value
Cabinet standard IEC60297 standard and IEEE standard
Dimensions 2,200 mm (height) x 600 mm (width) x 800 mm (depth)
Height available 46 U
Weight Empty cabinet ≤ 100 kg; cabinet in full configuration ≤ 300 kg
Load-bearing capacityof the equipment room
≥ 450 kg/m2
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 7 GBSR Cabinet
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
7-15
Table 7-8 describes the electrical specifications of the GBSR.
Table 7-8 Electrical specifications of the GBSR
Specification Value
Rated input voltage -48 V
Input voltage -40 V to -57 V
7 GBSR CabinetHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
7-16 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
8 BSC Subracks
About This Chapter
This describes BSC subracks. BSC subracks are used to integrate boards and backplanes intoan independent unit. BSC subracks are functionally classified into the GSM main processingsubrack (GMPS), GSM extended processing subrack (GEPS), and GSM transcoder subrack(GTCS).
8.1 Components of the BSC SubrackThis describes the components of the BSC subrack. The BSC subrack consists of the fan box,slots, front cable trough, and backplane.
8.2 BSC Fan BoxThe fan box is used to dissipate the heat generated by the BSC. Each subrack must be configuredwith one fan box.
8.3 BSC SlotsThis describes the BSC slots. A backplane is positioned in the center of the BSC subrack. TheBSC boards are installed on the front and rear sides of the backplane.
8.4 DIP Switches on the BSC SubrackThis describes the DIP switch on the BSC subrack. The DIP switch on the BSC subrack is usedto define the numbering of the BSC subrack.
8.5 Configuration of the BSC SubrackThe BSC subracks are classified into the GMPS, GEPS, and GTCS. This describes therecommended configurations of these subracks in different application scenarios andcombination modes.
8.6 Technical Specifications of the BSC SubrackThe technical specifications of the BSC Subrack consist of the dimensions, height of the availablespace, weight of the subrack, and power consumption of the fully configured subrack.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 8 BSC Subracks
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
8-1
8.1 Components of the BSC SubrackThis describes the components of the BSC subrack. The BSC subrack consists of the fan box,slots, front cable trough, and backplane.
Structure of the BSC SubrackThe BSC subrack is designed in compliance with IEC60297 standards. The BSC subrack is 19inches wide and 12 U high. Figure 8-1 shows the structure of the BSC subrack.
8 BSC SubracksHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
8-2 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
Figure 8-1 Structure of the BSC subrack
Rear view
Front view
(1) Fan box (2) Hanger (3) Guide rail(4) Front cable trough (5) Board (6) Grounding screw
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 8 BSC Subracks
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
8-3
(7) Port for DC power input (8) Input port for the monitoring signals of the powerdistribution box
(9) Cover of the DIP switch
Components
Table 8-1 lists the components of the BSC subrack.
Table 8-1 Components of the BSC subrack
Component Description
Fan box For details, refer to 8.2.1 Fan Box(Configuration PFCU)or8.2.2 Fan Box(Configuration PFCB).
Slots in the subrack For details, refer to 8.3 BSC Slots.
Front cable trough The front cable trough is used to route the frontcables of the subrack to both sides of the cabinet.
Backplane The backplane is used to connect the boards inthe same subrack.
NOTE
For details on the settings of the DIP switches of the subrack, refer to 8.4 DIP Switches on the BSCSubrack.
8.2 BSC Fan BoxThe fan box is used to dissipate the heat generated by the BSC. Each subrack must be configuredwith one fan box.
CAUTIONIf you reassemble the fan box when the system is running, ensure that the operation lasts for lessthan three minutes. If your operation exceeds three minutes, excessive heat may lead to faultsin the boards.
8.2.1 Fan Box (Configuration PFCU)This describes the appearance, LEDs, and technical specifications of the fan box that isconfigured with the PFCU.
8.2.2 Fan Box (Configuration PFCB)This describes the appearance, LEDs, and technical specifications of the fan box that isconfigured with the PFCB.
8 BSC SubracksHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
8-4 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
8.2.1 Fan Box (Configuration PFCU)This describes the appearance, LEDs, and technical specifications of the fan box that isconfigured with the PFCU.
Appearance of the Fan Box(Configuration PFCU)
The fan box consists of the fans, boards, LED, and handle.
Figure 8-2 shows the fan box.
Figure 8-2 Fan box (Configuration PFCU)
(1) PFPU (2) Fan (3) PFCU(4) LED (5) Screw (6) Handle
NOTE
l The PFPU is inserted in the rear part of the fan box. It provides power supply for nine fans, keeps thevoltage stable through a stabilizing tube, and ensures normal operation of the fans.
l The PFCU is the fan control unit. For details on the PFCU, refer to 9.28 PFCU.
LED on the Fan Box (Configuration PFCU)
The fan box uses a bi-color LED.
Table 8-2 describes the LED on the fan box.
Table 8-2 LED on the fan box (Configuration PFCU)
Color Status Meaning
Green On for 1s and off for 1s The fan box works normally (thefan box is registered).
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 8 BSC Subracks
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
8-5
Color Status Meaning
On for 0.25s and off for 0.25s The fan box works normally (thefan box is not registered).
Red On for 1s and off for 1s The fan box is registered and hasone of the following problems:l One-way power supply to
the subrack.l Communication failure.l Fan stops running or its
speed is too low.l Fan box in an excessively
high temperature ortemperature sensor failure.
On for 0.25s and off for 0.25s The fan box is not registered andhas one of the followingproblems:l One-way power supply to
the subrack.l Fan stops running or its
speed is too low.l Fan box in an excessively
high temperature ortemperature sensor failure.
NOTE
The fan box is registered means that the fan box communicates with the BSC normally. The fan box is notregistered means that the fan box does not communicate with the BSC normally.
Technical Specifications of the Fan Box (Configuration PFCU)
The technical specifications for the fan box consist of height, voltage, maximum power,temperature, and fan speed.
Table 8-3 lists the technical specifications of the fan box.
Table 8-3 Technical specifications of the fan box (Configuration PFCU)
Specification Value
Height 1.5U (1 U = 44.45 mm)
Input voltage -60 V DC to -42 V DC
Maximum power 150 W
Temperature -5°C to +55°C
8 BSC SubracksHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
8-6 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
Specification Value
Fan speed The speed of the fans can be adjusted from50% to 100%.
NOTE
When the BSC is powered on, when a subrack is reset, or when the BSC is upgraded, the fans in all thesubracks run at full speed and the alarm LEDs on all the boards blink in a short period. These are normalsymptoms during the BSC startup.
8.2.2 Fan Box (Configuration PFCB)This describes the appearance, LEDs, and technical specifications of the fan box that isconfigured with the PFCB.
Appearance of the Fan Box (Configuration PFCB)
The fan box consists of the fans, boards, LED, and handle.
Figure 8-3 shows the fan box.
Figure 8-3 Fan box (Configuration PFCB)
2
1
5
5
4
4
3
(1) PFCB (2) Fan (3) LED(4) Screw (5) Handle
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 8 BSC Subracks
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
8-7
NOTE
l The PFCB is the fan control board. For details on the PFCB, refer to 9.29 PFCB.
LED on the Fan Box (Configuration PFCB)The fan box uses a bi-color LED.
Table 8-4 describes the LED on the fan box.
Table 8-4 LED on the fan box (Configuration PFCB)
Color Status Meaning
Green On for 1s and off for 1s The fan box is supplied with power intwo ways without any fault (and isregistered).
On for 0.25s and off for0.25s
The fan box is supplied with power intwo ways without any fault (notregistered).
Red On for 1s and off for 1s The fan box is registered and has one ofthe following problems:l One-way power supply to the
subrack.l Communication failure.l Fan stops running or its speed is too
low.l Fan box in an excessively high
temperature or temperature sensorfailure.
l Failure in speed regulation of fanbox alarm.
On for 0.25s and off for0.25s
The fan box is not registered and has oneof the following problems:l One-way power supply to the
subrack.l Fan stops running or its speed is too
low.l Fan box in an excessively high
temperature or temperature sensorfailure.
l Failure in speed regulation of fanbox alarm.
NOTE
The fan box is registered means that the fan box communicates with the BSC normally. The fan box is notregistered means that the fan box does not communicate with the BSC normally.
8 BSC SubracksHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
8-8 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
Technical Specifications of the Fan Box (Configuration PFCB)The technical specifications for the fan box consist of height, voltage, maximum power,temperature, and fan speed.
Table 8-5 lists the technical specifications of the fan box.
Table 8-5 Technical specifications of the fan box (Configuration PFCB)
Specification Value
Height 1.5 U (1 U = 44.45 mm)
Input voltage -40V DC to -57V DC
Maximum power 150 W
Temperature -5°C to +55°C
Fan speed The speed of the fans can be adjusted from55% to 100%.
NOTE
When the BSC is powered on, when a subrack is reset, or when the BSC is upgraded, the fans in all thesubracks run at full speed and the alarm LEDs on all the boards blink in a short period. These are normalsymptoms during the BSC startup.
8.3 BSC SlotsThis describes the BSC slots. A backplane is positioned in the center of the BSC subrack. TheBSC boards are installed on the front and rear sides of the backplane.
Figure 8-4 shows the physical structure of the BSC subrack. The cubes shown in the figureindicate boards.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 8 BSC Subracks
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
8-9
Figure 8-4 Slot assignment in the BSC subrack
1
3
2
00 13
2714
06
20
(1) Front board (2) Backplane (3) Rear board
NOTE
l The backplane separates the BSC subrack into a front subrack and a rear subrack. The slots in the frontsubrack are numbered from 00 to 13 and the slots in the rear subrack are numbered from 14 to 27. Thefront subrack holds service boards and the rear subrack holds interface boards. In principle, each slotholds one board, but there are exceptions. Slots 20 and 21 hold one GOMU, and slots 22 and 23 holdone GOMU.
l Two neighboring even and odd slots, for example, slot 00 and slot 01, slot 02 and slot 03, work inactive/standby mode. The boards working in active/standby mode occupy the active and standby slots.
8.4 DIP Switches on the BSC SubrackThis describes the DIP switch on the BSC subrack. The DIP switch on the BSC subrack is usedto define the numbering of the BSC subrack.
Appearance
Figure 8-5 shows the DIP switches on the BSC subrack.
Figure 8-5 DIP switch on the BSC subrack
ON1 8
8 BSC SubracksHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
8-10 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
Meaning of the DIP BitsThe DIP bits are numbered in ascending order from bit 1 to bit 8. ON represents digit 0 and OFFrepresents digit 1. Table 8-6 provides the definitions of the bits.
Table 8-6 Definitions of the DIP bits
DIP Bit Meaning
1 (the least significant bit) Subrack number setting bit
2 Subrack number setting bit
3 Subrack number setting bit
4 Subrack number setting bit
5 Subrack number setting bit
6 Odd parity check bit
7 Reserved, undefined, generally set to 0 (ON)
8 (the most significantbit)
l For the GMPS, the bit should be set to 1 (OFF).l For the GEPS and GTCS, the bit should be set to 0 (ON).
Bit 8 (the most significant bit) is used to set the startup mode of the GSCU in the subrack. Thedefinitions of this bit are as follows:l If this bit is set to 0 (the status of the DIP bit is ON), the GSCU is set to Not Start
Automatically. The startup of the GSCU depends on the GOMU. In other words, when theGSCU is started, it loads data from the GOMU.
l If this bit is set to 1 (the status of the DIP bit is OFF), the GSCU is set to Start Automatically.When the GSCU is started, it checks whether the Flash file is valid. If the Flash file is valid,the GSCU loads data from the Flash. If the Flash file is invalid, the GSCU loads data fromthe GOMU.
Setting SchemeAs the DIP switches use odd parity check, the number of 1s in the eight DIP bits must be an oddnumber. The setting should adhere to the following principles:
1. Set DIP bits 1 through 5 and DIP bit 8.2. Set DIP bit 7 to 0.3. Count the number of 1s that have been set.
l If the number of 1s is even, set DIP bit 6 to 1.l If the number of 1s is odd, set DIP bit 6 to 0.
Assume that the subracks are numbered from 0 to 3. For the setting of the DIP switches in thiscase, refer to Table 8-7. Subrack 0 should be the GMPS. Subracks 1 to 3 may be the GEPS orthe GTCS.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 8 BSC Subracks
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
8-11
Table 8-7 Setting of the DIP switches
SubrackNo.
DIP Bit
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
(ON) (ON) (ON) (ON) (ON) (ON) (ON) (OFF)
1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
(OFF) (ON) (ON) (ON) (ON) (ON) (ON) (ON)
2 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
(ON) (OFF) (ON) (ON) (ON) (ON) (ON) (ON)
3 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 0
(OFF) (OFF) (ON) (ON) (ON) (OFF) (ON) (ON)
CAUTIONl The DIP switch setting and data validity check must be complete before a subrack is powered
on.l Setting and adjusting the DIP switch is not allowed when a subrack is powered on.
8.5 Configuration of the BSC SubrackThe BSC subracks are classified into the GMPS, GEPS, and GTCS. This describes therecommended configurations of these subracks in different application scenarios andcombination modes.
8.5.1 Configuration of the GMPS (Configuration Type A)The GMPS is configured in the GBCR. Each BSC must be configured with one GMPS. TheGMPS processes the basic services of the BSC, performs operation and maintenance, andprovides clock signals for the system. The configuration of the boards in the GMPS varies withthe configuration modes of the BSC subracks.
8.5.2 Configuration of the GMPS (Configuration Type B)The GMPS is configured in the GBCR. Each BSC must be configured with one GMPS. TheGMPS processes the basic services of the BSC, performs operation and maintenance, andprovides clock signals for the system. The configuration of the boards in the GMPS varies withthe configuration modes of the BSC subracks.
8.5.3 Configuration of the GEPSThe GEPS is configured in the GBCR or GBSR. The BSC can be configured with zero to threeGEPSs. The GEPS processes the basic services of the BSC. The configuration of the boards inthe GEPS varies with the configuration modes of the BSC subracks.
8.5.4 Configuration of the GTCS
8 BSC SubracksHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
8-12 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
In BM/TC separated configuration mode, the GTCS is configured in the GBCR or GBSR. TheBSC can be configured with zero to four GTCSs. The GTCS performs transcoding, rateadaptation, and sub-multiplexing.
8.5.1 Configuration of the GMPS (Configuration Type A)The GMPS is configured in the GBCR. Each BSC must be configured with one GMPS. TheGMPS processes the basic services of the BSC, performs operation and maintenance, andprovides clock signals for the system. The configuration of the boards in the GMPS varies withthe configuration modes of the BSC subracks.
BM/TC Separated (Built-In PCU)In BM/TC separated (built-in PCU) configuration mode, the GMPS must be configured withthe GTNU, GSCU, GGCU, GXPUM, GDPUP, and GEPUG/GFGUG. The GDPUX, GXPUT,GEIUB/GOIUB/GEHUB/GFGUB/GOGUB, and GEIUT/GOIUT are optional boards.
Figure 8-6 shows the fully configured GMPS.
Figure 8-6 Fully configured GMPS (1)
1300 01 02 03 07060504 08 09 10 1211
GXPUM
GXPUM
GSCU
GSCU
GTNU
GTNU
2714 15 16 17 21201918 22 23 24 2625
GEPUG
GEPUG
GEIUT
GEIUT
GEIUB
GEIUB
GGCU
GGCU
GEIUB
GEIUB
GXPUT
GXPUT
GDPUP
GDPUP
Rear boards
Front boards
Backplane
BM/TC Separated (External PCU)In BM/TC separated (external PCU) configuration mode, the GMPS must be configured withthe GTNU, GSCU, GGCU, and GXPUM. The GXPUT, GEIUB/GOIUB/GEHUB/GFGUB/GOGUB, GEIUP/GOIUP, and GEIUT/GOIUT are optional boards.
Figure 8-7 shows the fully configured GMPS.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 8 BSC Subracks
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
8-13
Figure 8-7 Fully configured GMPS (2)
BM/TC Combined (Built-In PCU)
In BM/TC combined (built-in PCU) configuration mode, the GMPS must be configured withthe GTNU, GSCU, GGCU, GXPUM, GDPUX, GDPUP, and GEPUG/GFGUG. The GXPUT,GEIUA/GOIUA, and GEIUB/GOIUB/GEHUB/GFGUB/GOGUB are optional boards.
Figure 8-8 shows the fully configured GMPS.
Figure 8-8 Fully configured GMPS (3)
1300 01 02 03 07060504 08 09 10 1211
GXPUM
GXPUM
GSCU
GSCU
GTNU
GTNU
2714 15 16 17 21201918 22 23 24 2625
GEIUA
GEIUA
GGCU
GGCU
GEIUB
GEIUB
GEIUB
GEIUB
GXPUT
GXPUT
GDPUP
GDPUP
GDPUX
GDPUX
GEPUG
GEPUG
GEIUA
GEIUA
Rear boards
Front boards
Backplane
BM/TC Combined (External PCU)
In BM/TC combined (external PCU) configuration mode, the GMPS must be configured withthe GTNU, GSCU, GGCU, GXPUM, and GDPUX. The GXPUT, GEIUA/GOIUA, GEIUB/GOIUB/GEHUB/GFGUB/GOGUB, and GEIUP/GOIUP are optional boards.
8 BSC SubracksHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
8-14 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
Figure 8-9 shows the fully configured GMPS.
Figure 8-9 Fully configured GMPS (4)
1300 01 02 03 07060504 08 09 10 1211
GXPUM
GXPUM
GSCU
GSCU
GTNU
GTNU
2714 15 16 17 21201918 22 23 24 2625
GEIUA
GEIUA
GEIUA
GEIUA
GEIUP
GEIUP
GGCU
GGCU
GEIUB
GEIUB
GDPUX
GDPUX
Rear boards
Front boards
Backplane
A over IP (Built-In PCU)In A over IP (built-in PCU) configuration mode, the GMPS must be configured with the GTNU,GSCU, GGCU, GXPUM, GDPUX, GDPUP, GEPUG/GFGUG, and GFGUA/GOGUA. TheGXPUT and GEIUB/GOIUB/GEHUB/GFGUB/GOGUB are optional boards.
Figure 8-10 shows the fully configured GMPS.
Figure 8-10 Fully configured GMPS (5)
1300 01 02 03 07060504 08 09 10 1211
GXPUM
GXPUM
GSCU
GSCU
GTNU
GTNU
2714 15 16 17 21201918 22 23 24 2625
GEPUG
GEPUG
GFGUA
GFGUA
GEIUB
GEIUB
GGCU
GGCU
GEHUB
GEHUB
GXPUT
GXPUT
GDPUP
GDPUP
GDPUX
GDPUX
Rear boards
Front boards
Backplane
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 8 BSC Subracks
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
8-15
A over IP (External PCU)
In A over IP (external PCU) configuration mode, the GMPS must be configured with the GTNU,GSCU, GGCU, GXPUM, GDPUX, and GFGUA/GOGUA. The GXPUT, GEIUB/GOIUB/GEHUB/GFGUB/GOGUB, and GEIUP/GOIUP are optional boards.
Figure 8-11 shows the fully configured GMPS.
Figure 8-11 Fully configured GMPS (6)
1300 01 02 03 07060504 08 09 10 1211
GXPUM
GXPUM
GSCU
GSCU
GTNU
GTNU
2714 15 16 17 21201918 22 23 24 2625
GEIUP
GEIUP
GFGUA
GFGUA
GEIUB
GEIUB
GGCU
GGCU
GEIUB
GEIUB
GXPUT
GXPUT
GDPUX
GDPUX
Rear boards
Front boards
Backplane
CAUTIONl The GDPUX inherits all the functions of the GDPUC. The GDPUX must be configured in
any of the following conditions: in BM/TC combined configuration mode, in BM/TCseparated configuration mode with the GEHUB/GFGUB/GOGUB configured, or in A overIP configuration mode.
l When the number of TRXs to be supported is greater than 256, a pair of GXPUTs must beconfigured in the GMPS.
l The A, Abis, Ater, and Pb interfaces support E1/T1, FE/GE, and STM-1 transmissions. TheGb interface supports E1/T1 and FE/GE transmissions. The previous figures take E1/T1transmission as examples, where the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUT/GEIUP/GEHUB/GEPUG isconfigured.
For details on the boards in the GMPS, refer to 9 BSC Boards.
8.5.2 Configuration of the GMPS (Configuration Type B)The GMPS is configured in the GBCR. Each BSC must be configured with one GMPS. TheGMPS processes the basic services of the BSC, performs operation and maintenance, andprovides clock signals for the system. The configuration of the boards in the GMPS varies withthe configuration modes of the BSC subracks.
8 BSC SubracksHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
8-16 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
BM/TC Separated (Built-In PCU)In BM/TC separated (built-in PCU) configuration mode, the GMPS must be configured withthe GOMU, GTNU, GSCU, GGCU, GXPUM, GDPUP, and GEPUG/GFGUG. The GDPUX,GXPUT, GEIUB/GOIUB/GEHUB/GFGUB/GOGUB, and GEIUT/GOIUT are optional boards.
Figure 8-12 shows the fully configured GMPS.
Figure 8-12 Fully configured GMPS (1)
1300 01 02 03 07060504 08 09 10 1211
GXPUM
GXPUM
GSCU
GSCU
GTNU
GTNU
2714 15 16 17 21201918 22 23 24 2625
GEPUG
GEPUG
GEIUT
GEIUT
GEIUB
GEIUB
GGCU
GGCU
GEIUB
GEIUB
GXPUT
GXPUT
GDPUP
GDPUP
GOMU
Rear boards
Front boards
Backplane
BM/TC Separated (External PCU)In BM/TC separated (external PCU) configuration mode, the GMPS must be configured withthe GOMU, GTNU, GSCU, GGCU, and GXPUM. The GXPUT, GEIUB/GOIUB/GEHUB/GFGUB/GOGUB, GEIUP/GOIUP, and GEIUT/GOIUT are optional boards.
Figure 8-13 shows the fully configured GMPS.
Figure 8-13 Fully configured GMPS (2)
1300 01 02 03 07060504 08 09 10 1211
GXPUM
GXPUM
GSCU
GSCU
GTNU
GTNU
2714 15 16 17 21201918 22 23 24 2625
GEIUP
GEIUP
GEIUT
GEIUT
GEIUB
GEIUB
GGCU
GGCU
GEIUB
GEIUB
GEIUB
GEIUB
GXPUT
GXPUT
GOMU
Rear boards
Front boards
Backplane
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 8 BSC Subracks
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
8-17
BM/TC Combined (Built-In PCU)In BM/TC combined (built-in PCU) configuration mode, the GMPS must be configured withthe GOMU, GTNU, GSCU, GGCU, GXPUM, GDPUX, GDPUP, and GEPUG/GFGUG. TheGXPUT, GEIUA/GOIUA, and GEIUB/GOIUB/GEHUB/GFGUB/GOGUB are optionalboards.
Figure 8-14 shows the fully configured GMPS.
Figure 8-14 Fully configured GMPS (3)
1300 01 02 03 07060504 08 09 10 1211
GXPUM
GXPUM
GSCU
GSCU
GTNU
GTNU
2714 15 16 17 21201918 22 23 24 2625
GEIUA
GEIUA
GGCU
GGCU
GEIUB
GEIUB
GEIUB
GEIUB
GXPUT
GXPUT
GDPUP
GDPUP
GDPUX
GDPUX
GOMU
GEPUG
GEPUG
GEIUA
GEIUA
Rear boards
Front boards
Backplane
BM/TC Combined (External PCU)In BM/TC combined (external PCU) configuration mode, the GMPS must be configured withthe GOMU, GTNU, GSCU, GGCU, GXPUM, and GDPUX. The GXPUT, GEIUA/GOIUA,GEIUB/GOIUB/GEHUB/GFGUB/GOGUB, and GEIUP/GOIUP are optional boards.
Figure 8-15 shows the fully configured GMPS.
Figure 8-15 Fully configured GMPS (4)
1300 01 02 03 07060504 08 09 10 1211
GXPUM
GXPUM
GSCU
GSCU
GTNU
GTNU
2714 15 16 17 21201918 22 23 24 2625
GEIUA
GEIUA
GEIUA
GEIUA
GEIUP
GEIUP
GGCU
GGCU
GEIUB
GEIUB
GDPUX
GDPUX
GOMU
Rear boards
Front boards
Backplane
8 BSC SubracksHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
8-18 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
A over IP (Built-In PCU)In A over IP (built-in PCU) configuration mode, the GMPS must be configured with the GOMU,GTNU, GSCU, GGCU, GXPUM, GDPUX, GDPUP, GEPUG/GFGUG, and GFGUA/GOGUA.The GXPUT and GEIUB/GOIUB/GEHUB/GFGUB/GOGUB are optional boards.
Figure 8-16 shows the fully configured GMPS.
Figure 8-16 Fully configured GMPS (5)
1300 01 02 03 07060504 08 09 10 1211
GXPUM
GXPUM
GSCU
GSCU
GTNU
GTNU
2714 15 16 17 21201918 22 23 24 2625
GEPUG
GEPUG
GFGUA
GFGUA
GEIUB
GEIUB
GGCU
GGCU
GEHUB
GEHUB
GXPUT
GXPUT
GDPUP
GDPUP
GDPUX
GDPUX
GOMU
Rear boards
Front boards
Backplane
A over IP (External PCU)In A over IP (external PCU) configuration mode, the GMPS must be configured with the GTNU,GSCU, GGCU, GXPUM, GDPUX, and GFGUA/GOGUA. The GXPUT, GEIUB/GOIUB/GEHUB/GFGUB/GOGUB, and GEIUP/GOIUP are optional boards.
Figure 8-17 shows the fully configured GMPS.
Figure 8-17 Fully configured GMPS (6)
1300 01 02 03 07060504 08 09 10 1211
GXPUM
GXPUM
GSCU
GSCU
GTNU
GTNU
2714 15 16 17 21201918 22 23 24 2625
GEIUP
GEIUP
GFGUA
GFGUA
GEIUB
GEIUB
GGCU
GGCU
GEIUB
GEI
UB
GXPUT
GXPUT
GDPUX
GDPUX
GOMU
Rear boards
Front boards
Backplane
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 8 BSC Subracks
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
8-19
CAUTIONl The GDPUX inherits all the functions of the GDPUC. The GDPUX must be configured in
any of the following conditions: in BM/TC combined configuration mode, in BM/TCseparated configuration mode with the GEHUB/GFGUB/GOGUB configured, or in A overIP configuration mode.
l When the number of TRXs to be supported is greater than 256, a pair of GXPUTs must beconfigured in the GMPS.
l The A, Abis, Ater, and Pb interfaces support E1/T1, FE/GE, and STM-1 transmissions. TheGb interface supports E1/T1 and FE/GE transmissions. The previous figures take E1/T1transmission as examples, where the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUT/GEIUP/GEHUB/GEPUG isconfigured.
For details on the boards in the GMPS, refer to 9 BSC Boards.
8.5.3 Configuration of the GEPSThe GEPS is configured in the GBCR or GBSR. The BSC can be configured with zero to threeGEPSs. The GEPS processes the basic services of the BSC. The configuration of the boards inthe GEPS varies with the configuration modes of the BSC subracks.
BM/TC Separated (Built-In PCU)
In BM/TC separated (built-in PCU) configuration mode, the GEPS must be configured with theGTNU, GSCU, GXPUM, GDPUP, and GEPUG/GFGUG. The GDPUX, GXPUT, GEIUB/GOIUB/GEHUB/GFGUB/GOGUB, and GEIUT/GOIUT are optional boards.
Figure 8-18 shows the fully configured GEPS.
Figure 8-18 Fully configured GEPS (1)
1300 01 02 03 07060504 08 09 10 1211
GXPUM
GXPUM
GSCU
GSCU
GTNU
GTNU
2714 15 16 17 21201918 22 23 24 2625
GEIUB
GEIUB
GEIUB
GEIUB
Rear boards
Front boards
Backplane
GEIUB
GEIUB
GXPUT
GXPUT
GDPUP
GDPUP
GDPUP
GEIUT
GEIUT
8 BSC SubracksHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
8-20 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
BM/TC Separated (External PCU)In BM/TC separated (external PCU) configuration mode, the GEPS must be configured withthe GTNU, GSCU, and GXPUM. The GXPUT, GEIUB/GOIUB/GEHUB/GFGUB/GOGUB,GEIUP/GOIUP, and GEIUT/GOIUT are optional boards.
Figure 8-19 shows the fully configured GEPS.
Figure 8-19 Fully configured GEPS (2)
1300 01 02 03 07060504 08 09 10 1211
GXPUM
GXPUM
GSCU
GSCU
GTNU
GTNU
2714 15 16 17 21201918 22 23 24 2625
GEIUP
GEIUP
GEIUT
GEIUT
GEIUB
GEIUB
GEIUB
GEIUB
GEIUB
GEIUB
GEIUB
GEIUB
GEIUB
GEIUB
GXPUT
GXPUT
Rear boards
Front boards
Backplane
BM/TC Combined (Built-In PCU)In BM/TC combined (built-in PCU) configuration mode, the GEPS must be configured with theGTNU, GSCU, GXPUM, GDPUX, GDPUP, and GEPUG/GFGUG. The GXPUT, GEIUA/GOIUA, and GEIUB/GOIUB/GEHUB/GFGUB/GOGUB are optional boards.
Figure 8-20 shows the fully configured GEPS.
Figure 8-20 Fully configured GEPS (3)
1300 01 02 03 07060504 08 09 10 1211
GSCU
GSCU
GTNU
GTNU
2714 15 16 17 21201918 22 23 24 2625
GEIUA
GEIUA
GEIUA
GEIUA
GEIUB
GEIUB
GEIUA
GEIUA
GEIUB
GEIUB
GEIUB
GEIUB
GDPUX
GDPUX
GXPUT
GXPUM
GXPUM
GXPUT
GDPUP
GDPUP
GDPUP
GDPUX
GDPUX
GDPUX
Rear boards
Backplane
Front boards
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 8 BSC Subracks
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
8-21
BM/TC Combined (External PCU)In BM/TC combined (external PCU) configuration mode, the GEPS must be configured withthe GTNU, GSCU, GXPUM, and GDPUX. The GXPUT, GEIUA/GOIUA, GEIUB/GOIUB/GEHUB/GFGUB/GOGUB, and GEIUP/GOIUP are optional boards.
Figure 8-21 shows the fully configured GEPS.
Figure 8-21 Fully configured GEPS (4)
1300 01 02 03 07060504 08 09 10 1211
GXPUM
GXPUM
GSCU
GSCU
GTNU
GTNU
2714 15 16 17 21201918 22 23 24 2625
GEIUA
GEIUA
GEIUA
GEIUA
GEIUP
GEIUP
GEIUA
GEIUA
GEIUB
GEIUB
GEIUB
GEIUB
GEIUA
GEIUA
GXPUT
GXPUT
GDPUX
GDPUX
GDPUX
GDPUX
Rear boards
Front boards
Backplane
A over IP (Built-In PCU)In A over IP (built-in PCU) configuration mode, the GEPS must be configured with the GTNU,GSCU, GXPUM, GDPUX, GDPUP, GEPUG/GFGUG, and GFGUA/GOGUA. The GXPUTand GEIUB/GOIUB/GEHUB/GFGUB/GOGUB are optional boards.
Figure 8-22 shows the fully configured GEPS.
Figure 8-22 Fully configured GEPS (5)
1300 01 02 03 07060504 08 09 10 1211
GSCU
GSCU
GTNU
GTNU
2714 15 16 17 21201918 22 23 24 2625
GFGUA
GFGUA
GEIUB
GEIUB
GXPUM
GXPUM
GXPUT
GXPUT
GDPUP
GDPUP
GDPUP
GDPUX
GDPUX
GDPUX
GEHUB
GEHUB
GEIUB
GEIUB
Rear boards
Front boards
Backplane
8 BSC SubracksHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
8-22 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
A over IP (External PCU)In A over IP (external PCU) configuration mode, the GEPS must be configured with the GTNU,GSCU, GXPUM, GDPUX, and GFGUA/GOGUA. The GXPUT, GEIUB/GOIUB/GEHUB/GFGUB/GOGUB, and GEIUP/GOIUP are optional boards.
Figure 8-23 shows the fully configured GEPS.
Figure 8-23 Fully configured GEPS (6)
1300 01 02 03 07060504 08 09 10 1211
GSCU
GSCU
GTNU
GTNU
2714 15 16 17 21201918 22 23 24 2625
GFGUA
GFGUA
GEIUB
GEIUB
GXPUM
GXPUM
GXPUT
GXPUT
GDPUX
GDPUX
GDPUX
GEI
UB
GEIUB
GEIUB
GEIUB
GEIUP
GEI
UP
Rear boards
Front boards
Backplane
CAUTIONl The GDPUX inherits all the functions of the GDPUC. The GDPUX must be configured in
any of the following conditions: in BM/TC combined configuration mode, in BM/TCseparated configuration mode with the GEHUB/GFGUB/GOGUB configured, or in A overIP configuration mode.
l When the number of TRXs to be supported is greater than 256, a pair of GXPUTs must beconfigured in the GEPS.
l The A, Abis, Ater, and Pb interfaces support E1/T1, FE/GE, and STM-1 transmissions. TheGb interface supports E1/T1 and FE/GE transmissions. The previous figures take E1/T1transmission as examples, where the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUT/GEIUP/GEHUB/GEPUG isconfigured.
For details on the boards in the GEPS, refer to 9 BSC Boards.
8.5.4 Configuration of the GTCSIn BM/TC separated configuration mode, the GTCS is configured in the GBCR or GBSR. TheBSC can be configured with zero to four GTCSs. The GTCS performs transcoding, rateadaptation, and sub-multiplexing.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 8 BSC Subracks
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
8-23
The GTCS must be configured with the GSCU and GTNU. The GDPUX, GEIUA/GOIUA, andGEIUT/GOIUT are optional boards.
When the E1/T1 transmission is used on the A interface, one GTCS supports a maximum of4,800 speech paths. Figure 8-24 shows the fully configured GTCS.
Figure 8-24 Fully configured GTCS (1)
1300 01 02 03 07060504 08 09 10 1211
GSCU
GSCU
GTNU
GTNU
2714 15 16 17 21201918 22 23 24 2625
GEIUT
GEIUA
GEIUA
GEIUA
GEIUA
GEIUA
GDPUX
GDPUX
GDPUX
GEIUA
GEIUA
Rear boards
Front boards
Backplane
GEIUA
GEIUA
GEIUA
GEIUT
GEIUT
GEIUT
GDPUX
GDPUX
When the STM-1 transmission is used on the A interface, one GTCS supports a maximum of9,600 speech paths. Figure 8-25 shows the fully configured GTCS.
Figure 8-25 Fully configured GTCS (2)
1300 01 02 03 07060504 08 09 10 1211
GSCU
GSCU
GTNU
GTNU
2714 15 16 17 21201918 22 23 24 2625
GOI
UT
GOIUA
GOIUA
GOIUA
GOIUA
GOIUA
GOIUA
Rear boards
Front boards
Backplane
GDPUX
GDPUX
GDPUX
GDPUX
GDPUX
GOIUA
GOIUA
GDPUX
GOIUA
GOIUA
GOIUT
GOIUT
GOIUT
GDPUX
GDPUX
GDPUX
GDPUX
CAUTIONl The GDPUX inherits all the functions of the GDPUC. The GTCS can be configured with the
GDPUX, GDPUC, or both GDPUX and GDPUC.
8 BSC SubracksHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
8-24 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
For details on the boards in the GTCS, refer to BSC Boards.
8.6 Technical Specifications of the BSC SubrackThe technical specifications of the BSC Subrack consist of the dimensions, height of the availablespace, weight of the subrack, and power consumption of the fully configured subrack.
Technical Specifications of the GMPS
Table 8-8 lists the technical specifications of the GMPS.
Table 8-8 Technical specifications of the GMPS
Specification Value
Dimensions 530.6 mm (height) x 436 mm (width) x 480 mm(depth)
Height of the available space in thesubrack
12 U (1 U = 44.45 mm = 1.75 inch)
Weight Empty subrack: 25 kg; subrack configured withboards: ≤ 57 kg
Power consumption of the fullyconfigured subrack
780 W
Technical Specifications of the GEPS
Table 8-9 lists the technical specifications of the GEPS.
Table 8-9 Technical specifications of the GEPS
Specification Value
Dimensions 530.6 mm (height) x 436 mm (width) x 480 mm(depth)
Height of the available space 12 U (1 U = 44.45 mm = 1.75 inches)
Weight Empty subrack: 25 kg; subrack configured withboards: ≤ 57 kg
Power consumption of the fullyconfigured subrack
600 W
Technical Specifications of the GTCS
Table 8-10 lists the technical specifications of the GTCS.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 8 BSC Subracks
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
8-25
Table 8-10 Technical specifications of the GTCS
Specification Value
Dimensions 530.6 mm (height) x 436 mm (width) x 480 mm(depth)
Height of the available space in thesubrack
12 U (1 U = 44.45 mm = 1.75 inches)
Weight Empty subrack: 25 kg; subrack configured withboards: ≤ 57 kg
Power consumption of the fullyconfigured subrack
When E1/T1 transmission is used on the Ainterface, the maximum power consumption is700 W. When STM-1 transmission is used onthe A interface, the maximum powerconsumption is 970 W.
8 BSC SubracksHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
8-26 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
9 BSC Boards
About This Chapter
This describes the boards in the BSC.
The logical boards are formed by loading different software to the physical boards. Table 9-1lists the boards in the BSC.
Table 9-1 Boards in the BSC
PhysicalBoard
Logical Board Full Spelling ofLogical Board
Support Capability ofthe the Board
OMUb GOMU GSM Operation andMaintenance Unit
None
GCUa GGCU GSM General Clock Unit None
SCUa GSCU GSM Switching andControl Unit
None
TNUa GTNU GSM TDM switchingNetwork Unit
None
XPUa GXPUM GSM eXtensibleProcessing Unit for Mainservice
None
GXPUT GSM eXtensibleProcessing Unit forNoneTransmission
None
GXPUI GSM eXtensibleProcessing Unit forComputation service
None
EIUa GEIUB GSM E1/T1 InterfaceUnit for aBis
256
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-1
PhysicalBoard
Logical Board Full Spelling ofLogical Board
Support Capability ofthe the Board
GEIUP GSM E1/T1 InterfaceUnit for Pb
3840
GEIUT GSM E1/T1 InterfaceUnit for aTer
3840
GEIUA GSM E1/T1 InterfaceUnit for A
960
OIUa GOIUB GSM Optic InterfaceUnit for aBis
256
GOIUP GSM Optic InterfaceUnit for Pb
7168
GOIUT GSM Optic InterfaceUnit for aTer
7168
GOIUA GSM Optic InterfaceUnit for A
1920
FG2a GFGUA GSM Fast ethernet andGigabit ethernet Unit forA
6144
GFGUB GSM Fast ethernet andGigabit ethernet Unit foraBis
384
GFGUG GSM Fast ethernet andGigabit ethernet Unit forGb
128M
GOUa GOGUA GSM Optic Gigabitethernet Unit for A
6144
GOGUB GSM Optic Gigabitethernet Unit for aBis
384
PEUa GEHUB GSM E1/T1 High levelData Link Control Unitfor aBis
384
GEPUG GSM E1/T1 Packet Unitfor Gb
64M
DPUc GDPUX GSM Data ProcessingUnit for eXtensibleservice
960 (voice coding/decoding supported)3740 (conversion of IPframe formats supported)
DPUd GDPUP GSM Data ProcessingUnit for PS service
1024
9 BSC BoardsHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
9-2 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
PhysicalBoard
Logical Board Full Spelling ofLogical Board
Support Capability ofthe the Board
DPUa GDPUC GSM Data ProcessingUnit for CS service
960
- PFPU Fan Power Unit None
- PFCU Fan Control Unit None
- PFCB Fan Control Board None
- MDMC Distribution Monitor andCommunication board
None
- WOPB Overvoltage ProtectionBoard
None
9.1 GEIUAThe GEIUA is the GSM E1/T1 Interface Unit for the A interface. It can be installed in slots18-25 in the GMPS/GEPS/GTCS. The GEIUA can be configured in pairs and work in active/standby mode.
9.2 GEIUBThe GEIUB is the GSM E1/T1 Interface Unit for the Abis interface. It can be installed in slots18-27 in the GMPS/GEPS. The GEIUB can be configured in pairs and work in active/standbymode.
9.3 GEIUPThe GEIUP is the GSM E1/T1 Interface Unit for the Pb interface. It can be installed in slots14-15 in the GMPS/GEPS. The GEIUP can be configured in pairs and work in active/standbymode.
9.4 GEIUTThe GEIUT is the GSM E1/T1 Interface Unit for the Ater interface. It can be installed in slots16-17 in the GMPS/GEPS and in slots 14-17 in the GTCS. The GEIUT can be configured inpairs and work in active/standby mode.
9.5 GGCUThe GGCU is the general clock unit of the BSC. Two GGCUs should be installed in slots 12-13in the GMPS and should work in active/standby mode.
9.6 GOIUAThe GOIUA is the GSM Optic Interface Unit for the A interface. It can be installed in slots 18-25in the GMPS/GEPS/GTCS. The GOIUA can be configured in pairs and work in active/standbymode.
9.7 GOIUBThe GOIUB is the GSM Optic Interface Unit for the Abis interface. It can be installed in slots18-27 in the GMPS/GEPS. The GOIUB can be configured in pairs and work in active/standbymode.
9.8 GOIUPThe GOIUP is the GSM Optic Interface Unit for the Pb interface. It can be installed in slots14-15 in the GMPS/GEPS. The GOIUP can be configured in pairs and work in active/standbymode.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-3
9.9 GOIUTThe GOIUT is the GSM Optic Interface Unit for the Ater interface. It can be installed in slots16-17 in the GMPS/GEPS and in slots 14-17 in the GTCS. The GOIUT can be configured inpairs and work in active/standby mode.
9.10 GOMUThis describes the GSM Operation and Maintenance Unit (GOMU). It serves as the server inthe BSC. It can be installed in slots 20-23 in the GMPS and work in active/standby mode.
9.11 GSCUThe GSCU is the GSM Switching and Control Unit. It is installed in slots 6-7 in the GMPS/GEPS/GTCS. The GSCU is configured in pairs and work in active/standby mode.
9.12 GTNUThe GTNU is the GSM TDM switching network unit in the BSC. It is installed in slots 4-5 inthe GMPS/GEPS/GTCS. The GTNU is configured in pairs and work in active/standby mode.
9.13 GXPUMThe GXPUM is the GSM eXtensible Processing Unit for Main service in the BSC. It can beinstalled in slots 0-1 in the GMPS/GEPS and work in active/standby mode.
9.14 GXPUTThe GXPUT is the GSM eXtensible Processing Unit for Transmission in the BSC and processessignals according to the LAPD protocol and SS7 MTP3 protocol. When the number of TRXs tobe supported by the GMPS/GEPS is greater than 256, the GXPUT can be installed in slots 2-3in the GMPS/GEPS and work in active/standby mode.
9.15 GXPUIThe GXPUI is the GSM eXtensible Processing Unit for Computation service in the BSC andimplements the IBCA algorithm. It can be configured in slots 2-3 in the GMPS/GEPS and doesnot work in active/standby mode.
9.16 GFGUAThe GFGUA is the GSM Fast ethernet and Gigabit ethernet Unit for the A interface. It can beinstalled in slots 18-27 in the GMPS/GEPS. If the BSC need not process packet services, theGFGUA can be installed in slots 14-15. The GFGUA can work in active/standby mode and workindependently.
9.17 GFGUBThe GFGUB is the GSM Fast ethernet and Gigabit ethernet Unit for the Abis interface. It canbe installed in slots 18-27 in the GMPS/GEPS. If the BSC need not process packet services, theGFGUB can be installed in slots 14-15. The GFGUB can work in active/standby mode and workindependently.
9.18 GFGUGThe GFGUG is the GSM Fast ethernet and Gigabit ethernet Unit for the Gb interface. It can beinstalled in slots 14-15 in the GMPS/GEPS. The GFGUG can work in active/standby mode andwork independently.
9.19 GOGUAThe GOGUA is the GSM Optic Gigabit ethernet Unit for the A interface. It can be installed inslots 18-27 in the GMPS/GEPS. When the BSC need not process packet services, the GOGUAcan also be installed in slots 14-15. The GOGUA can work in active/standby mode and workindependently.
9.20 GOGUBThe GOGUB is the GSM Optic Gigabit ethernet Unit for the Abis interface. It can be installedin slots 18-27 in the GMPS/GEPS. When the BSC need not process packet services, the GOGUB
9 BSC BoardsHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
9-4 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
can also be installed in slots 14-15. The GOGUB can work in active/standby mode and workindependently.
9.21 GEHUBThe GEHUB is the GSM E1/T1 High level Data Link Control Unit for the Abis interface. It canbe installed in slots 18-27 in the GMPS/GEPS. When the BSC need not process packet services,the GEHUB can also be installed in slots 14-15. The GEHUB can work in active/standby modeand work independently.
9.22 GEPUGThe GEPUG is the GSM E1/T1 Packet Unit for the Gb interface. It can be installed in slots 14-15in the GMPS/GEPS. The GEPUG can work in active/standby mode and work independently.
9.23 GDPUCThe GDPUC is the CS service processing unit in the BSC. When E1/T1 interface boards areinstalled in the GTCS, the GDPUC can be installed in slots 9 to 13. When STM-1 interfaceboards are installed in the GTCS, the GDPUC can be installed in slots 1 to 3 and slots 8 to 13.
9.24 GDPUXThe GDPUX is the GSM Data Processing Unit for eXtensible services. It can be installed inslots 8-11 in the GMPS; slots 0-3, 8-13, and 14-27 in the GEPS; and slots 0-3, 8-13 in the GTCS.
9.25 GDPUPThe GDPUP is the GSM Data Processing Unit for PS services. It can be installed in slots 8-13in the GMPS/GEPS.
9.26 MDMCThe MDMC is the power monitoring communication board for the BSC common powerdistribution box. It is configured in the power distribution box at the top of the GBCR/GBSR.Each power distribution box should be configured with one MDMC.
9.27 PAMUThe PAMU is the power monitoring communication board for the BSC high-power distributionbox. It is configured in the power distribution box at the top of the GBCR/GBSR. Each powerdistribution box should be configured with one PAMU.
9.28 PFCUThe PFCU is the fan control unit. It is installed in the front of a fan box. Each fan box must beconfigured with one PFCU.
9.29 PFCBThe PFCB is the fan control board. It is installed in the front of a fan box. Each fan box must beconfigured with one PFCB.
9.30 WOPBThe WOPB is the overvoltage protection board in the BSC. It is placed in the power distributionbox. Each Common power distribution box should be configured with one WOPB.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-5
9.1 GEIUAThe GEIUA is the GSM E1/T1 Interface Unit for the A interface. It can be installed in slots18-25 in the GMPS/GEPS/GTCS. The GEIUA can be configured in pairs and work in active/standby mode.
9.1.1 Functions of the GEIUAThe GEIUA enables the E1/T1 transmission on the A interface.
9.1.2 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) PanelThe physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After beingloaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boardshave the same appearance and the same LEDs and ports.
9.1.3 LEDs on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)PanelThe physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After beingloaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boardshave the same types of LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, and ACT.
9.1.4 Ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) PanelThe physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After beingloaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boardshave the same ports. Of the seven ports, four ports are labeled E1/T1, one 2MO, one 2M1, andone TESTOUT.
9.1.5 DIP Switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After beingloaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. They have thesame types of DIP switches: S1, S3, S4, S5, and S6.
9.1.1 Functions of the GEIUAThe GEIUA enables the E1/T1 transmission on the A interface.
The GEIUA performs the following functions:
l Provides four E1/T1 electrical ports, which is used for TDM transmissionl Provides Tributary Protect Switch (TPS) function to enable switchover between the
physical links of the active and standby boards.l Transmits and receives 32 E1/T1 signals, and encodes and decodes the E1/T1 signals (The
E1 transmission rate is 2.048 Mbit/s and the T1 transmission rate is 1.544 Mbit/s.)
9.1.2 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) PanelThe physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After beingloaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boardshave the same appearance and the same LEDs and ports.
Figure 9-1 shows the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel.
9 BSC BoardsHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
9-6 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
Figure 9-1 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel
EIUa
PARC
RUNALMACT
E1/T
1(0~
7)E1
/T1(
16~2
3)E1
/T1(
24~3
1)E1
/T1(
8~15
)TE
STO
UT
2M0
2M1
9.1.3 LEDs on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)PanelThe physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After beingloaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boardshave the same types of LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, and ACT.
Table 9-2 describes the LEDs on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel.
Table 9-2 LEDs on the board
LED Color Status Meaning
RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.
On for 0.125s and off for0.125s
The board is loading data.
On There is power input but theboard is faulty.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-7
LED Color Status Meaning
Off There is no power input or theboard is faulty.
ALM Red Off There is no alarm.
On or blinking There is an alarm.
ACT Green On The board works in activemode.
Off The board works in standbymode.
9.1.4 Ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) PanelThe physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After beingloaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boardshave the same ports. Of the seven ports, four ports are labeled E1/T1, one 2MO, one 2M1, andone TESTOUT.
Table 9-3 describes the ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel.
Table 9-3 Ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel
Port Function Port
E1/T1 (0-7) E1/T1 port, used to transmit andreceive the E1/T1 signals onroutes 0-7
DB44
E1/T1 (8-15) E1/T1 port, used to transmit andreceive the E1/T1 signals onroutes 8-15
DB44
E1/T1 (16-23) E1/T1 port, used to transmit andreceive the E1/T1 signals onroutes 16-23
DB44
E1/T1 (24-31) E1/T1 port, used to transmit andreceive the E1/T1 signals onroutes 24-31
DB44
2M0 and 2M1 Output ports for the 2.048 MHzclock signals, used to export theextracted line clock for systemreference
SMB male connector
TESTOUT You can modify the registervalue to obtain different testclock signals. By default, the2.048 MHz clock signals are theoutputs from this port.
SMB male connector
9 BSC BoardsHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
9-8 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
9.1.5 DIP Switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After beingloaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. They have thesame types of DIP switches: S1, S3, S4, S5, and S6.
Figure 9-2 shows the layout of the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT.
Figure 9-2 Layout of the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT
1
2ONOFF
ONOFF
ONOFF
1 8
1 8
1 8
1 8
S6
S5
S4
S3
S1
1 8ONOFF
ONOFF
(1) Sub-board (2) Bottom plate
CAUTIONAll the DIP switches are located on the front side of the sub-board. The front of the sub-boardfaces and fits into the bottom plate. Therefore, you should remove the sub-board before settingthe DIP switches.
Table 9-4 describes the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-9
Table 9-4 DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT
DIPSwitch
DIPBit
Description Settingfor 75-ohmCoaxialCable
Value ofDIP Bitfor 75-ohmCoaxialCable
Settingfor 120-ohmTwistedPairCable
Valueof DIPBit for120-ohmTwisted PairCable
S1 8 Used to select theimpedance on E1/T1links 0-7
ON 0 OFF 1
7 Used to select theimpedance on E1/T1links 8-15
ON 0 OFF 1
6 Used to select theimpedance on E1/T1links 16-23
ON 0 OFF 1
5 Used to select theimpedance on E1/T1links 24-31
ON 0 OFF 1
1-4 Reserved
S3 1-8 Used to set theprotection grounding ofthe transmitting end ofE1/T1 links 0-7
ON 0 OFF 1
S4 1-8 Used to set theprotection grounding ofthe transmitting end ofE1/T1 links 8-15
ON 0 OFF 1
S5 1-8 Used to set theprotection grounding ofthe transmitting end ofE1/T1 links 16-23
ON 0 OFF 1
S6 1-8 Used to set theprotection grounding ofthe transmitting end ofE1/T1 links 24-31
ON 0 OFF 1
Table 9-5 describes different switches listed in Table 9-4.
9 BSC BoardsHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
9-10 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
Table 9-5 Switch types related to the DIP bits
DIP Switch Description
E1/T1 impedance selection switch Used to select the logical transmission mode of theboard and to notify the software of the currenttransmission mode
Switch used to set the protectiongrounding of the E1/T1 transmittingend
Used to control the grounding of the transmitting endof the E1/T1 signals:l When E1/T1 signals are transmitted through a 75-
ohm coaxial cable in unbalanced transmissionmode, set the DIP bit to ON and ground the TXend.
l When E1/T1 signals are transmitted through a 120-ohm coaxial cable in balanced transmission mode,set the DIP bit to OFF and ground the TX end.
NOTE
l By default, the DIP switches are set in 75-ohm coaxial transmission mode.
l The setting for the DIP switches on the active EIUa board must be the same as that for the DIPswitches on the standby EIUa board.
l The receiving ends should not be grounded in either balanced or unbalanced modes.
l Pay attention to the mapping between the two types of DIP switches.
9.2 GEIUBThe GEIUB is the GSM E1/T1 Interface Unit for the Abis interface. It can be installed in slots18-27 in the GMPS/GEPS. The GEIUB can be configured in pairs and work in active/standbymode.
9.2.1 Functions of the GEIUBThe GEIUB enables the E1/T1 transmission on the Abis interface.
9.2.2 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) PanelThe physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After beingloaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boardshave the same appearance and the same LEDs and ports.
9.2.3 LEDs on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)PanelThe physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After beingloaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boardshave the same types of LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, and ACT.
9.2.4 Ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) PanelThe physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After beingloaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boardshave the same ports. Of the seven ports, four ports are labeled E1/T1, one 2MO, one 2M1, andone TESTOUT.
9.2.5 DIP Switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-11
The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After beingloaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. They have thesame types of DIP switches: S1, S3, S4, S5, and S6.
9.2.1 Functions of the GEIUBThe GEIUB enables the E1/T1 transmission on the Abis interface.
The GEIUB performs the following functions:
l Provides four E1/T1 electrical ports, which is used for TDM transmissionl Provides Tributary Protect Switch (TPS) function to enable switchover between the
physical links of the active and standby boards.l Transmits and receives 32 E1/T1 signals, and encodes and decodes the E1/T1 signals (The
E1 transmission rate is 2.048 Mbit/s and the T1 transmission rate is 1.544 Mbit/s.)
9.2.2 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) PanelThe physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After beingloaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boardshave the same appearance and the same LEDs and ports.
Figure 9-3 shows the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel.
9 BSC BoardsHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
9-12 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
Figure 9-3 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel
EIUa
PARC
RUNALMACT
E1/T
1(0~
7)E1
/T1(
16~2
3)E1
/T1(
24~3
1)E1
/T1(
8~15
)TE
STO
UT
2M0
2M1
9.2.3 LEDs on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)PanelThe physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After beingloaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boardshave the same types of LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, and ACT.
Table 9-6 describes the LEDs on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel.
Table 9-6 LEDs on the board
LED Color Status Meaning
RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.
On for 0.125s and off for0.125s
The board is loading data.
On There is power input but theboard is faulty.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-13
LED Color Status Meaning
Off There is no power input or theboard is faulty.
ALM Red Off There is no alarm.
On or blinking There is an alarm.
ACT Green On The board works in activemode.
Off The board works in standbymode.
9.2.4 Ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) PanelThe physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After beingloaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boardshave the same ports. Of the seven ports, four ports are labeled E1/T1, one 2MO, one 2M1, andone TESTOUT.
Table 9-7 describes the ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel.
Table 9-7 Ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel
Port Function Port
E1/T1 (0-7) E1/T1 port, used to transmit andreceive the E1/T1 signals onroutes 0-7
DB44
E1/T1 (8-15) E1/T1 port, used to transmit andreceive the E1/T1 signals onroutes 8-15
DB44
E1/T1 (16-23) E1/T1 port, used to transmit andreceive the E1/T1 signals onroutes 16-23
DB44
E1/T1 (24-31) E1/T1 port, used to transmit andreceive the E1/T1 signals onroutes 24-31
DB44
2M0 and 2M1 Output ports for the 2.048 MHzclock signals, used to export theextracted line clock for systemreference
SMB male connector
TESTOUT You can modify the registervalue to obtain different testclock signals. By default, the2.048 MHz clock signals are theoutputs from this port.
SMB male connector
9 BSC BoardsHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
9-14 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
9.2.5 DIP Switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After beingloaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. They have thesame types of DIP switches: S1, S3, S4, S5, and S6.
Figure 9-4 shows the layout of the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT.
Figure 9-4 Layout of the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT
1
2ONOFF
ONOFF
ONOFF
1 8
1 8
1 8
1 8
S6
S5
S4
S3
S1
1 8ONOFF
ONOFF
(1) Sub-board (2) Bottom plate
CAUTIONAll the DIP switches are located on the front side of the sub-board. The front of the sub-boardfaces and fits into the bottom plate. Therefore, you should remove the sub-board before settingthe DIP switches.
Table 9-8 describes the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-15
Table 9-8 DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT
DIPSwitch
DIPBit
Description Settingfor 75-ohmCoaxialCable
Value ofDIP Bitfor 75-ohmCoaxialCable
Settingfor 120-ohmTwistedPairCable
Valueof DIPBit for120-ohmTwisted PairCable
S1 8 Used to select theimpedance on E1/T1links 0-7
ON 0 OFF 1
7 Used to select theimpedance on E1/T1links 8-15
ON 0 OFF 1
6 Used to select theimpedance on E1/T1links 16-23
ON 0 OFF 1
5 Used to select theimpedance on E1/T1links 24-31
ON 0 OFF 1
1-4 Reserved
S3 1-8 Used to set theprotection grounding ofthe transmitting end ofE1/T1 links 0-7
ON 0 OFF 1
S4 1-8 Used to set theprotection grounding ofthe transmitting end ofE1/T1 links 8-15
ON 0 OFF 1
S5 1-8 Used to set theprotection grounding ofthe transmitting end ofE1/T1 links 16-23
ON 0 OFF 1
S6 1-8 Used to set theprotection grounding ofthe transmitting end ofE1/T1 links 24-31
ON 0 OFF 1
Table 9-9 describes different switches listed in Table 9-8.
9 BSC BoardsHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
9-16 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
Table 9-9 Switch types related to the DIP bits
DIP Switch Description
E1/T1 impedance selection switch Used to select the logical transmission mode of theboard and to notify the software of the currenttransmission mode
Switch used to set the protectiongrounding of the E1/T1 transmittingend
Used to control the grounding of the transmitting endof the E1/T1 signals:l When E1/T1 signals are transmitted through a 75-
ohm coaxial cable in unbalanced transmissionmode, set the DIP bit to ON and ground the TXend.
l When E1/T1 signals are transmitted through a 120-ohm coaxial cable in balanced transmission mode,set the DIP bit to OFF and ground the TX end.
NOTE
l By default, the DIP switches are set in 75-ohm coaxial transmission mode.
l The setting for the DIP switches on the active EIUa board must be the same as that for the DIPswitches on the standby EIUa board.
l The receiving ends should not be grounded in either balanced or unbalanced modes.
l Pay attention to the mapping between the two types of DIP switches.
9.3 GEIUPThe GEIUP is the GSM E1/T1 Interface Unit for the Pb interface. It can be installed in slots14-15 in the GMPS/GEPS. The GEIUP can be configured in pairs and work in active/standbymode.
9.3.1 Functions of the GEIUPThe GEIUP enables the E1/T1 transmission on the Pb interface.
9.3.2 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) PanelThe physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After beingloaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boardshave the same appearance and the same LEDs and ports.
9.3.3 LEDs on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)PanelThe physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After beingloaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boardshave the same types of LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, and ACT.
9.3.4 Ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) PanelThe physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After beingloaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boardshave the same ports. Of the seven ports, four ports are labeled E1/T1, one 2MO, one 2M1, andone TESTOUT.
9.3.5 DIP Switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-17
The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After beingloaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. They have thesame types of DIP switches: S1, S3, S4, S5, and S6.
9.3.1 Functions of the GEIUPThe GEIUP enables the E1/T1 transmission on the Pb interface.
The GEIUP performs the following functions:
l Provides four E1/T1 electrical ports, which is used for TDM transmissionl Provides Tributary Protect Switch (TPS) function to enable switchover between the
physical links of the active and standby boards.l Transmits and receives 32 E1/T1 signals, and encodes and decodes the E1/T1 signals (The
E1 transmission rate is 2.048 Mbit/s and the T1 transmission rate is 1.544 Mbit/s.)l Processes signals according to the Link Access Procedure on the D channel (LAPD)
protocol
9.3.2 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) PanelThe physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After beingloaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boardshave the same appearance and the same LEDs and ports.
Figure 9-5 shows the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel.
9 BSC BoardsHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
9-18 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
Figure 9-5 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel
EIUa
PARC
RUNALMACT
E1/T
1(0~
7)E1
/T1(
16~2
3)E1
/T1(
24~3
1)E1
/T1(
8~15
)TE
STO
UT
2M0
2M1
9.3.3 LEDs on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)PanelThe physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After beingloaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boardshave the same types of LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, and ACT.
Table 9-10 describes the LEDs on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel.
Table 9-10 LEDs on the board
LED Color Status Meaning
RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.
On for 0.125s and off for0.125s
The board is loading data.
On There is power input but theboard is faulty.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-19
LED Color Status Meaning
Off There is no power input or theboard is faulty.
ALM Red Off There is no alarm.
On or blinking There is an alarm.
ACT Green On The board works in activemode.
Off The board works in standbymode.
9.3.4 Ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) PanelThe physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After beingloaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boardshave the same ports. Of the seven ports, four ports are labeled E1/T1, one 2MO, one 2M1, andone TESTOUT.
Table 9-11 describes the ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel.
Table 9-11 Ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel
Port Function Port
E1/T1 (0-7) E1/T1 port, used to transmit andreceive the E1/T1 signals onroutes 0-7
DB44
E1/T1 (8-15) E1/T1 port, used to transmit andreceive the E1/T1 signals onroutes 8-15
DB44
E1/T1 (16-23) E1/T1 port, used to transmit andreceive the E1/T1 signals onroutes 16-23
DB44
E1/T1 (24-31) E1/T1 port, used to transmit andreceive the E1/T1 signals onroutes 24-31
DB44
2M0 and 2M1 Output ports for the 2.048 MHzclock signals, used to export theextracted line clock for systemreference
SMB male connector
TESTOUT You can modify the registervalue to obtain different testclock signals. By default, the2.048 MHz clock signals are theoutputs from this port.
SMB male connector
9 BSC BoardsHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
9-20 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
9.3.5 DIP Switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After beingloaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. They have thesame types of DIP switches: S1, S3, S4, S5, and S6.
Figure 9-6 shows the layout of the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT.
Figure 9-6 Layout of the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT
1
2ONOFF
ONOFF
ONOFF
1 8
1 8
1 8
1 8
S6
S5
S4
S3
S1
1 8ONOFF
ONOFF
(1) Sub-board (2) Bottom plate
CAUTIONAll the DIP switches are located on the front side of the sub-board. The front of the sub-boardfaces and fits into the bottom plate. Therefore, you should remove the sub-board before settingthe DIP switches.
Table 9-12 describes the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-21
Table 9-12 DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT
DIPSwitch
DIPBit
Description Settingfor 75-ohmCoaxialCable
Value ofDIP Bitfor 75-ohmCoaxialCable
Settingfor 120-ohmTwistedPairCable
Valueof DIPBit for120-ohmTwisted PairCable
S1 8 Used to select theimpedance on E1/T1links 0-7
ON 0 OFF 1
7 Used to select theimpedance on E1/T1links 8-15
ON 0 OFF 1
6 Used to select theimpedance on E1/T1links 16-23
ON 0 OFF 1
5 Used to select theimpedance on E1/T1links 24-31
ON 0 OFF 1
1-4 Reserved
S3 1-8 Used to set theprotection grounding ofthe transmitting end ofE1/T1 links 0-7
ON 0 OFF 1
S4 1-8 Used to set theprotection grounding ofthe transmitting end ofE1/T1 links 8-15
ON 0 OFF 1
S5 1-8 Used to set theprotection grounding ofthe transmitting end ofE1/T1 links 16-23
ON 0 OFF 1
S6 1-8 Used to set theprotection grounding ofthe transmitting end ofE1/T1 links 24-31
ON 0 OFF 1
Table 9-13 describes different switches listed in Table 9-12.
9 BSC BoardsHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
9-22 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
Table 9-13 Switch types related to the DIP bits
DIP Switch Description
E1/T1 impedance selection switch Used to select the logical transmission mode of theboard and to notify the software of the currenttransmission mode
Switch used to set the protectiongrounding of the E1/T1 transmittingend
Used to control the grounding of the transmitting endof the E1/T1 signals:l When E1/T1 signals are transmitted through a 75-
ohm coaxial cable in unbalanced transmissionmode, set the DIP bit to ON and ground the TXend.
l When E1/T1 signals are transmitted through a 120-ohm coaxial cable in balanced transmission mode,set the DIP bit to OFF and ground the TX end.
NOTE
l By default, the DIP switches are set in 75-ohm coaxial transmission mode.
l The setting for the DIP switches on the active EIUa board must be the same as that for the DIPswitches on the standby EIUa board.
l The receiving ends should not be grounded in either balanced or unbalanced modes.
l Pay attention to the mapping between the two types of DIP switches.
9.4 GEIUTThe GEIUT is the GSM E1/T1 Interface Unit for the Ater interface. It can be installed in slots16-17 in the GMPS/GEPS and in slots 14-17 in the GTCS. The GEIUT can be configured inpairs and work in active/standby mode.
9.4.1 Functions of the GEIUTThe GEIUT enables the E1/T1 transmission on the Ater interface.
9.4.2 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) PanelThe physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After beingloaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boardshave the same appearance and the same LEDs and ports.
9.4.3 LEDs on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)PanelThe physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After beingloaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boardshave the same types of LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, and ACT.
9.4.4 Ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) PanelThe physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After beingloaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boardshave the same ports. Of the seven ports, four ports are labeled E1/T1, one 2MO, one 2M1, andone TESTOUT.
9.4.5 DIP Switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-23
The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After beingloaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. They have thesame types of DIP switches: S1, S3, S4, S5, and S6.
9.4.1 Functions of the GEIUTThe GEIUT enables the E1/T1 transmission on the Ater interface.
The GEIUT performs the following functions:
l Provides four E1/T1 electrical ports, which is used for TDM transmissionl Provides Tributary Protect Switch (TPS) function to enable switchover between the
physical links of the active and standby boards.l Transmits and receives 32 E1/T1 signals, and encodes and decodes the E1/T1 signals (The
E1 transmission rate is 2.048 Mbit/s and the T1 transmission rate is 1.544 Mbit/s.)l Processes signals according to the SS7 MTP2 protocoll Provides the OM links when the GTCS is configured on the MSC side
9.4.2 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) PanelThe physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After beingloaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boardshave the same appearance and the same LEDs and ports.
Figure 9-7 shows the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel.
9 BSC BoardsHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
9-24 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
Figure 9-7 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel
EIUa
PARC
RUNALMACT
E1/T
1(0~
7)E1
/T1(
16~2
3)E1
/T1(
24~3
1)E1
/T1(
8~15
)TE
STO
UT
2M0
2M1
9.4.3 LEDs on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)PanelThe physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After beingloaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boardshave the same types of LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, and ACT.
Table 9-14 describes the LEDs on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel.
Table 9-14 LEDs on the board
LED Color Status Meaning
RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.
On for 0.125s and off for0.125s
The board is loading data.
On There is power input but theboard is faulty.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-25
LED Color Status Meaning
Off There is no power input or theboard is faulty.
ALM Red Off There is no alarm.
On or blinking There is an alarm.
ACT Green On The board works in activemode.
Off The board works in standbymode.
9.4.4 Ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) PanelThe physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After beingloaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boardshave the same ports. Of the seven ports, four ports are labeled E1/T1, one 2MO, one 2M1, andone TESTOUT.
Table 9-15 describes the ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel.
Table 9-15 Ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel
Port Function Port
E1/T1 (0-7) E1/T1 port, used to transmit andreceive the E1/T1 signals onroutes 0-7
DB44
E1/T1 (8-15) E1/T1 port, used to transmit andreceive the E1/T1 signals onroutes 8-15
DB44
E1/T1 (16-23) E1/T1 port, used to transmit andreceive the E1/T1 signals onroutes 16-23
DB44
E1/T1 (24-31) E1/T1 port, used to transmit andreceive the E1/T1 signals onroutes 24-31
DB44
2M0 and 2M1 Output ports for the 2.048 MHzclock signals, used to export theextracted line clock for systemreference
SMB male connector
TESTOUT You can modify the registervalue to obtain different testclock signals. By default, the2.048 MHz clock signals are theoutputs from this port.
SMB male connector
9 BSC BoardsHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
9-26 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
9.4.5 DIP Switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After beingloaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. They have thesame types of DIP switches: S1, S3, S4, S5, and S6.
Figure 9-8 shows the layout of the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT.
Figure 9-8 Layout of the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT
1
2ONOFF
ONOFF
ONOFF
1 8
1 8
1 8
1 8
S6
S5
S4
S3
S1
1 8ONOFF
ONOFF
(1) Sub-board (2) Bottom plate
CAUTIONAll the DIP switches are located on the front side of the sub-board. The front of the sub-boardfaces and fits into the bottom plate. Therefore, you should remove the sub-board before settingthe DIP switches.
Table 9-16 describes the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-27
Table 9-16 DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT
DIPSwitch
DIPBit
Description Settingfor 75-ohmCoaxialCable
Value ofDIP Bitfor 75-ohmCoaxialCable
Settingfor 120-ohmTwistedPairCable
Valueof DIPBit for120-ohmTwisted PairCable
S1 8 Used to select theimpedance on E1/T1links 0-7
ON 0 OFF 1
7 Used to select theimpedance on E1/T1links 8-15
ON 0 OFF 1
6 Used to select theimpedance on E1/T1links 16-23
ON 0 OFF 1
5 Used to select theimpedance on E1/T1links 24-31
ON 0 OFF 1
1-4 Reserved
S3 1-8 Used to set theprotection grounding ofthe transmitting end ofE1/T1 links 0-7
ON 0 OFF 1
S4 1-8 Used to set theprotection grounding ofthe transmitting end ofE1/T1 links 8-15
ON 0 OFF 1
S5 1-8 Used to set theprotection grounding ofthe transmitting end ofE1/T1 links 16-23
ON 0 OFF 1
S6 1-8 Used to set theprotection grounding ofthe transmitting end ofE1/T1 links 24-31
ON 0 OFF 1
Table 9-17 describes different switches listed in Table 9-16.
9 BSC BoardsHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
9-28 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
Table 9-17 Switch types related to the DIP bits
DIP Switch Description
E1/T1 impedance selection switch Used to select the logical transmission mode of theboard and to notify the software of the currenttransmission mode
Switch used to set the protectiongrounding of the E1/T1 transmittingend
Used to control the grounding of the transmitting endof the E1/T1 signals:l When E1/T1 signals are transmitted through a 75-
ohm coaxial cable in unbalanced transmissionmode, set the DIP bit to ON and ground the TXend.
l When E1/T1 signals are transmitted through a 120-ohm coaxial cable in balanced transmission mode,set the DIP bit to OFF and ground the TX end.
NOTE
l By default, the DIP switches are set in 75-ohm coaxial transmission mode.
l The setting for the DIP switches on the active EIUa board must be the same as that for the DIPswitches on the standby EIUa board.
l The receiving ends should not be grounded in either balanced or unbalanced modes.
l Pay attention to the mapping between the two types of DIP switches.
9.5 GGCUThe GGCU is the general clock unit of the BSC. Two GGCUs should be installed in slots 12-13in the GMPS and should work in active/standby mode.
9.5.1 Functions of the GGCUThe GGCU provides synchronization clocks for the BSC.
9.5.2 GGCU PanelThe components on the GGCU panel are the LEDs and ports.
9.5.3 LEDs on the GGCU PanelThere are three LEDs on the GGCU panel: RUN, ALM, and ACT.
9.5.4 Ports on the GGCU PanelThe GGCU panel provides sixteen ports, of which ten ports are labeled CLKOUT, two COM,one TESTOUT, one TESTIN, and two CLKIN.
9.5.1 Functions of the GGCUThe GGCU provides synchronization clocks for the BSC.
The GGCU performs the following functions:
l The GGCU traces, generates, and retains the synchronous clock signals.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-29
l The standby GGCU traces the clock phase of the active GGCU. It also ensures that theclock phase is smooth when an active/standby switchover occurs.
9.5.2 GGCU PanelThe components on the GGCU panel are the LEDs and ports.
Figure 9-9 shows the GGCU panel.
Figure 9-9 GGCU panel
GCUa
PARC
RUNALMACT
8
9
CO
M0
CO
M1
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
CLK
OU
TTE
STIN
TEST
OU
TC
LKLI
N1 C
LKLI
N0
9.5.3 LEDs on the GGCU PanelThere are three LEDs on the GGCU panel: RUN, ALM, and ACT.
Table 9-18 describes the three LEDs on the GGCU panel.
9 BSC BoardsHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
9-30 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
Table 9-18 LEDs on the board
LED Color Status Meaning
RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.
On for 0.125s and off for0.125s
The board is loading data.
On There is power input but theboard is faulty.
Off There is no power input or theboard is faulty.
ALM Red Off There is no alarm.
On or blinking There is an alarm.
ACT Green On The board works in activemode.
Off The board works in standbymode.
9.5.4 Ports on the GGCU PanelThe GGCU panel provides sixteen ports, of which ten ports are labeled CLKOUT, two COM,one TESTOUT, one TESTIN, and two CLKIN.
Table 9-19 describes the ports on the GGCU panel.
Table 9-19 Ports on the GGCU panel
Port Function Port
CLKOUT 0 to CLKOUT 9 Synchronization clock outputport, used to provide the 8 kHzclock signals to the CLKINport on the GSCU panel
RJ45
COM0 and COM1 Reserved RJ45
TESTOUT Reserved SMB male connector
TESTIN Input port for testing externalclock signals
SMB male connector
CLKLIN0 and CLKLIN1 Synchronization clock inputport, used to receive the 2.048MHz clock signals or 2.048Mbit/s code stream signals
SMB male connector
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-31
9.6 GOIUAThe GOIUA is the GSM Optic Interface Unit for the A interface. It can be installed in slots 18-25in the GMPS/GEPS/GTCS. The GOIUA can be configured in pairs and work in active/standbymode.
9.6.1 Functions of the GOIUAThe GOIUA enables the STM-1 transmission on the A interface.
9.6.2 GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) PanelThe physical boards of the GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP and GOIUT are the same. After beingloaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boardshave the same appearance and the same LEDs and ports.
9.6.3 LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) PanelThe physical boards of the GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP and GOIUT are the same. After beingloaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. There are fourLEDs on the panel of each of these boards: RUN, ALM, ACT, and LOS.
9.6.4 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) PanelThis describes the panel of the optical interface boards. The GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP, andGOIUT use the same physical board but perform different logical functions by loading differentsoftware. These boards have the same ports. Of the four ports, one port is labeled RX/TX, one2MO, one 2M1, and one TESTOUT.
9.6.5 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa)The technical specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT consist of the optical portmode, optical port type, wavelength, transmission rate, transmission distance, output power, andreceiver sensitivity.
9.6.1 Functions of the GOIUAThe GOIUA enables the STM-1 transmission on the A interface.
The GOIUA performs the following functions:
l Provides one STM-1 port, which is used for TDM transmissionl Provides Automatic Protection Switching (APS) function to enable switchover between
the optical channel links of the active and standby boards.l Provides one channelized STM-1 port with the data rate of 155.52 Mbit/s
9.6.2 GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) PanelThe physical boards of the GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP and GOIUT are the same. After beingloaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boardshave the same appearance and the same LEDs and ports.
Figure 9-10 shows the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel.
9 BSC BoardsHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
9-32 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
Figure 9-10 GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel
OIUa
PARC
RUNALMACT
RX
LOS
TX
TEST
OU
T2M
02M
1
9.6.3 LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) PanelThe physical boards of the GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP and GOIUT are the same. After beingloaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. There are fourLEDs on the panel of each of these boards: RUN, ALM, ACT, and LOS.
Table 9-20 describes the LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel.
Table 9-20 LEDs on the board
LED Color
Status Meaning
RUN Green
On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.
On for 0.125s and off for0.125s
The board is loading data.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-33
LED Color
Status Meaning
On There is power input but the board isfaulty.
Off There is no power input or the board isfaulty.
ALM Red Off There is no alarm.
On or blinking There is an alarm.
ACT Green
On The board works in active mode.
Off The board works in standby mode.
LOS Green
On The STM-1 port does not receivesignals properly.
Off The STM-1 port receives signalsproperly.
9.6.4 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) PanelThis describes the panel of the optical interface boards. The GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP, andGOIUT use the same physical board but perform different logical functions by loading differentsoftware. These boards have the same ports. Of the four ports, one port is labeled RX/TX, one2MO, one 2M1, and one TESTOUT.
Table 9-21 describes the ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel.
Table 9-21 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel
Port Function Port
RX TX indicates the transmitting optical port and RX indicates thereceiving optical port.
LC port
TX
2M0 and2M1
Output ports for the 2.048 MHz clock reference, used to exportthe extracted line clock and take it as the reference clock forthe system
SMB maleconnector
TESTOUT
You can modify the register value to obtain different test clocksignals. By default, the 2.048 MHz clock signals are generatedfrom this port and taken as the system test clock.
SMB maleconnector
9 BSC BoardsHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
9-34 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
9.6.5 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa)
The technical specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT consist of the optical portmode, optical port type, wavelength, transmission rate, transmission distance, output power, andreceiver sensitivity.
Table 9-22 lists the technical specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT.
Table 9-22 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT
Specification Value
Optical port mode Single mode Multimode
Optical port type LC/PC LC/PC
Central wavelength 1,310 nm 1,310 nm
Transmission rate 155.52 Mbit/s 155.52 Mbit/s
Transmissiondistance
15 km 2 km
Maximum outputoptical power
-8 dBm -14 dBm
Minimum outputoptical power
-15 dBm -19 dBm
Maximum receiversensitivity
-31 dBm -30 dBm
9.7 GOIUBThe GOIUB is the GSM Optic Interface Unit for the Abis interface. It can be installed in slots18-27 in the GMPS/GEPS. The GOIUB can be configured in pairs and work in active/standbymode.
9.7.1 Functions of the GOIUBThe GOIUB enables the STM-1 transmission on the Abis interface.
9.7.2 GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) PanelThe physical boards of the GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP and GOIUT are the same. After beingloaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boardshave the same appearance and the same LEDs and ports.
9.7.3 LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) PanelThe physical boards of the GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP and GOIUT are the same. After beingloaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. There are fourLEDs on the panel of each of these boards: RUN, ALM, ACT, and LOS.
9.7.4 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) PanelThis describes the panel of the optical interface boards. The GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP, andGOIUT use the same physical board but perform different logical functions by loading different
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-35
software. These boards have the same ports. Of the four ports, one port is labeled RX/TX, one2MO, one 2M1, and one TESTOUT.
9.7.5 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa)The technical specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT consist of the optical portmode, optical port type, wavelength, transmission rate, transmission distance, output power, andreceiver sensitivity.
9.7.1 Functions of the GOIUBThe GOIUB enables the STM-1 transmission on the Abis interface.
The GOIUB performs the following functions:
l Provides one STM-1 port, which is used for TDM transmissionl Provides Automatic Protection Switching (APS) function to enable switchover between
the optical channel links of the active and standby boards.l Provides one channelized STM-1 port with the data rate of 155.52 Mbit/s
9.7.2 GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) PanelThe physical boards of the GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP and GOIUT are the same. After beingloaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boardshave the same appearance and the same LEDs and ports.
Figure 9-11 shows the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel.
9 BSC BoardsHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
9-36 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
Figure 9-11 GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel
OIUa
PARC
RUNALMACT
RX
LOS
TX
TEST
OU
T2M
02M
1
9.7.3 LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) PanelThe physical boards of the GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP and GOIUT are the same. After beingloaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. There are fourLEDs on the panel of each of these boards: RUN, ALM, ACT, and LOS.
Table 9-23 describes the LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel.
Table 9-23 LEDs on the board
LED Color
Status Meaning
RUN Green
On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.
On for 0.125s and off for0.125s
The board is loading data.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-37
LED Color
Status Meaning
On There is power input but the board isfaulty.
Off There is no power input or the board isfaulty.
ALM Red Off There is no alarm.
On or blinking There is an alarm.
ACT Green
On The board works in active mode.
Off The board works in standby mode.
LOS Green
On The STM-1 port does not receivesignals properly.
Off The STM-1 port receives signalsproperly.
9.7.4 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) PanelThis describes the panel of the optical interface boards. The GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP, andGOIUT use the same physical board but perform different logical functions by loading differentsoftware. These boards have the same ports. Of the four ports, one port is labeled RX/TX, one2MO, one 2M1, and one TESTOUT.
Table 9-24 describes the ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel.
Table 9-24 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel
Port Function Port
RX TX indicates the transmitting optical port and RX indicates thereceiving optical port.
LC port
TX
2M0 and2M1
Output ports for the 2.048 MHz clock reference, used to exportthe extracted line clock and take it as the reference clock forthe system
SMB maleconnector
TESTOUT
You can modify the register value to obtain different test clocksignals. By default, the 2.048 MHz clock signals are generatedfrom this port and taken as the system test clock.
SMB maleconnector
9 BSC BoardsHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
9-38 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
9.7.5 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa)
The technical specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT consist of the optical portmode, optical port type, wavelength, transmission rate, transmission distance, output power, andreceiver sensitivity.
Table 9-25 lists the technical specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT.
Table 9-25 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT
Specification Value
Optical port mode Single mode Multimode
Optical port type LC/PC LC/PC
Central wavelength 1,310 nm 1,310 nm
Transmission rate 155.52 Mbit/s 155.52 Mbit/s
Transmissiondistance
15 km 2 km
Maximum outputoptical power
-8 dBm -14 dBm
Minimum outputoptical power
-15 dBm -19 dBm
Maximum receiversensitivity
-31 dBm -30 dBm
9.8 GOIUPThe GOIUP is the GSM Optic Interface Unit for the Pb interface. It can be installed in slots14-15 in the GMPS/GEPS. The GOIUP can be configured in pairs and work in active/standbymode.
9.8.1 Functions of the GOIUPThe GOIUP enables the STM-1 transmission on the Pb interface.
9.8.2 GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) PanelThe physical boards of the GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP and GOIUT are the same. After beingloaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boardshave the same appearance and the same LEDs and ports.
9.8.3 LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) PanelThe physical boards of the GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP and GOIUT are the same. After beingloaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. There are fourLEDs on the panel of each of these boards: RUN, ALM, ACT, and LOS.
9.8.4 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) PanelThis describes the panel of the optical interface boards. The GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP, andGOIUT use the same physical board but perform different logical functions by loading different
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-39
software. These boards have the same ports. Of the four ports, one port is labeled RX/TX, one2MO, one 2M1, and one TESTOUT.
9.8.5 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa)The technical specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT consist of the optical portmode, optical port type, wavelength, transmission rate, transmission distance, output power, andreceiver sensitivity.
9.8.1 Functions of the GOIUPThe GOIUP enables the STM-1 transmission on the Pb interface.
The GOIUP performs the following functions:
l Provides one STM-1 port, which is used for TDM transmissionl Provides Automatic Protection Switching (APS) function to enable switchover between
the optical channel links of the active and standby boards.l Provides one channelized STM-1 port with the data rate of 155.52 Mbit/sl Processes signals according to the LAPD protocol
9.8.2 GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) PanelThe physical boards of the GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP and GOIUT are the same. After beingloaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boardshave the same appearance and the same LEDs and ports.
Figure 9-12 shows the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel.
9 BSC BoardsHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
9-40 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
Figure 9-12 GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel
OIUa
PARC
RUNALMACT
RX
LOS
TX
TEST
OU
T2M
02M
1
9.8.3 LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) PanelThe physical boards of the GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP and GOIUT are the same. After beingloaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. There are fourLEDs on the panel of each of these boards: RUN, ALM, ACT, and LOS.
Table 9-26 describes the LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel.
Table 9-26 LEDs on the board
LED Color
Status Meaning
RUN Green
On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.
On for 0.125s and off for0.125s
The board is loading data.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-41
LED Color
Status Meaning
On There is power input but the board isfaulty.
Off There is no power input or the board isfaulty.
ALM Red Off There is no alarm.
On or blinking There is an alarm.
ACT Green
On The board works in active mode.
Off The board works in standby mode.
LOS Green
On The STM-1 port does not receivesignals properly.
Off The STM-1 port receives signalsproperly.
9.8.4 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) PanelThis describes the panel of the optical interface boards. The GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP, andGOIUT use the same physical board but perform different logical functions by loading differentsoftware. These boards have the same ports. Of the four ports, one port is labeled RX/TX, one2MO, one 2M1, and one TESTOUT.
Table 9-27 describes the ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel.
Table 9-27 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel
Port Function Port
RX TX indicates the transmitting optical port and RX indicates thereceiving optical port.
LC port
TX
2M0 and2M1
Output ports for the 2.048 MHz clock reference, used to exportthe extracted line clock and take it as the reference clock forthe system
SMB maleconnector
TESTOUT
You can modify the register value to obtain different test clocksignals. By default, the 2.048 MHz clock signals are generatedfrom this port and taken as the system test clock.
SMB maleconnector
9 BSC BoardsHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
9-42 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
9.8.5 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa)
The technical specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT consist of the optical portmode, optical port type, wavelength, transmission rate, transmission distance, output power, andreceiver sensitivity.
Table 9-28 lists the technical specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT.
Table 9-28 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT
Specification Value
Optical port mode Single mode Multimode
Optical port type LC/PC LC/PC
Central wavelength 1,310 nm 1,310 nm
Transmission rate 155.52 Mbit/s 155.52 Mbit/s
Transmissiondistance
15 km 2 km
Maximum outputoptical power
-8 dBm -14 dBm
Minimum outputoptical power
-15 dBm -19 dBm
Maximum receiversensitivity
-31 dBm -30 dBm
9.9 GOIUTThe GOIUT is the GSM Optic Interface Unit for the Ater interface. It can be installed in slots16-17 in the GMPS/GEPS and in slots 14-17 in the GTCS. The GOIUT can be configured inpairs and work in active/standby mode.
9.9.1 Functions of the GOIUTThe GOIUT enables the STM-1 transmission on the Ater interface.
9.9.2 GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) PanelThe physical boards of the GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP and GOIUT are the same. After beingloaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boardshave the same appearance and the same LEDs and ports.
9.9.3 LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) PanelThe physical boards of the GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP and GOIUT are the same. After beingloaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. There are fourLEDs on the panel of each of these boards: RUN, ALM, ACT, and LOS.
9.9.4 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) PanelThis describes the panel of the optical interface boards. The GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP, andGOIUT use the same physical board but perform different logical functions by loading different
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-43
software. These boards have the same ports. Of the four ports, one port is labeled RX/TX, one2MO, one 2M1, and one TESTOUT.
9.9.5 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa)The technical specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT consist of the optical portmode, optical port type, wavelength, transmission rate, transmission distance, output power, andreceiver sensitivity.
9.9.1 Functions of the GOIUTThe GOIUT enables the STM-1 transmission on the Ater interface.
The GOIUT performs the following functions:
l Provides one STM-1 port, which is used for TDM transmissionl Provides Automatic Protection Switching (APS) function to enable switchover between
the optical channel links of the active and standby boards.l Provides one channelized STM-1 port with the data rate of 155.52 Mbit/sl Processes signals according to the SS7 MTP2 protocoll Provides the OM links when the GTCS is configured on the MSC side
9.9.2 GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) PanelThe physical boards of the GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP and GOIUT are the same. After beingloaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boardshave the same appearance and the same LEDs and ports.
Figure 9-13 shows the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel.
9 BSC BoardsHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
9-44 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
Figure 9-13 GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel
OIUa
PARC
RUNALMACT
RX
LOS
TX
TEST
OU
T2M
02M
1
9.9.3 LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) PanelThe physical boards of the GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP and GOIUT are the same. After beingloaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. There are fourLEDs on the panel of each of these boards: RUN, ALM, ACT, and LOS.
Table 9-29 describes the LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel.
Table 9-29 LEDs on the board
LED Color
Status Meaning
RUN Green
On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.
On for 0.125s and off for0.125s
The board is loading data.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-45
LED Color
Status Meaning
On There is power input but the board isfaulty.
Off There is no power input or the board isfaulty.
ALM Red Off There is no alarm.
On or blinking There is an alarm.
ACT Green
On The board works in active mode.
Off The board works in standby mode.
LOS Green
On The STM-1 port does not receivesignals properly.
Off The STM-1 port receives signalsproperly.
9.9.4 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) PanelThis describes the panel of the optical interface boards. The GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP, andGOIUT use the same physical board but perform different logical functions by loading differentsoftware. These boards have the same ports. Of the four ports, one port is labeled RX/TX, one2MO, one 2M1, and one TESTOUT.
Table 9-30 describes the ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel.
Table 9-30 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel
Port Function Port
RX TX indicates the transmitting optical port and RX indicates thereceiving optical port.
LC port
TX
2M0 and2M1
Output ports for the 2.048 MHz clock reference, used to exportthe extracted line clock and take it as the reference clock forthe system
SMB maleconnector
TESTOUT
You can modify the register value to obtain different test clocksignals. By default, the 2.048 MHz clock signals are generatedfrom this port and taken as the system test clock.
SMB maleconnector
9 BSC BoardsHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
9-46 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
9.9.5 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa)
The technical specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT consist of the optical portmode, optical port type, wavelength, transmission rate, transmission distance, output power, andreceiver sensitivity.
Table 9-31 lists the technical specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT.
Table 9-31 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT
Specification Value
Optical port mode Single mode Multimode
Optical port type LC/PC LC/PC
Central wavelength 1,310 nm 1,310 nm
Transmission rate 155.52 Mbit/s 155.52 Mbit/s
Transmissiondistance
15 km 2 km
Maximum outputoptical power
-8 dBm -14 dBm
Minimum outputoptical power
-15 dBm -19 dBm
Maximum receiversensitivity
-31 dBm -30 dBm
9.10 GOMUThis describes the GSM Operation and Maintenance Unit (GOMU). It serves as the server inthe BSC. It can be installed in slots 20-23 in the GMPS and work in active/standby mode.
9.10.1 Functions of the GOMUAs the OM center of the BSC, the GOMU enables the communication between the LMT andthe other boards in the BSC. The GOMU features high computation speed and outstanding dataprocessing capability.
9.10.2 GOMU PanelThe components on the GOMU panel are the LEDs and ports.
9.10.3 LEDs on the GOMU PanelThere are five LEDs on the GOMU panel: RUN, ALM, ACT, OFFLINE, and HD.
9.10.4 Ports on the GOMU PanelThe ports on the GOMU panel consist of four USB ports (labeled USB0-1 and USB2-3), threeGE ports (labeled ETH0, ETH1, and ETH2), one serial port COM-ALM/COM-BMC, and oneVGA port.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-47
9.10.1 Functions of the GOMUAs the OM center of the BSC, the GOMU enables the communication between the LMT andthe other boards in the BSC. The GOMU features high computation speed and outstanding dataprocessing capability.
The GOMU performs the following functions:
l Controls the communication between the LMT computer and the other boards in the BSC,facilitates the data configuration, and collects and filters the performance and alarm data
l Processes the commands issued by the LMT computer/M2000, and then forwards thecommands to the other boards in the BSC for processing
l Filters the results from the other boards in the BSC, and then returns the results to the LMTcomputer
9.10.2 GOMU PanelThe components on the GOMU panel are the LEDs and ports.
Figure 9-14 shows the GOMU panel.
Figure 9-14 GOMU panel
1
23456
78
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
18
9
17
OMUb
(1) Screw (2) Wrench (3) Self-locking latch
9 BSC BoardsHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
9-48 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
(4) RUN LED (5) ALM LED (6) ACT LED(7) Reset button (8) SHUTDOWN button (9) USB port(10) ETH0 (Ethernet port) (11) ETH1 (Ethernet port) (12) ETH2 (Ethernet port)(13) COM port (14) VGA port (15) HD LED(16) OFFLINE LED (17) Hard disk (18) Screw for fixing the hard disk
NOTE
l The self-locking latch on the panel is used to fasten the ejector lever of the board.
l The RESET button on the panel is used to reset the system.
l To power off the GOMU, you should first unfold the upper and lower handles. After the OFFLINELED is on, disconnect the power.
l A COM port is on the panel for conenction to alarm box.
l Do not perform any operation on the SHUTDOWN button on the GOMU panel; otherwise, theGOMU board may power off abnormally.
9.10.3 LEDs on the GOMU PanelThere are five LEDs on the GOMU panel: RUN, ALM, ACT, OFFLINE, and HD.
Table 9-32 describes the LEDs on the GOMU panel.
Table 9-32 LEDs on the board
LED Color Status Meaning
RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.
On for 0.125s and off for0.125s
The board is loadingdata.
On There is power inputbut the board is faulty.
Off There is no power inputor the board is faulty.
ALM Red Off There is no alarm.
On or blinking There is an alarm.
ACT Green On The board works inactive mode.
Off The board works instandby mode.
OFFLINE Blue On The board can beremoved.
Off The board cannot beremoved.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-49
LED Color Status Meaning
On for 0.125s and off for0.125s
The status of the boardis switching.
HD Green Blinking The hard disk isperforming read andwrite functions.
Off The hard disk is notperforming read andwrite functions.
9.10.4 Ports on the GOMU PanelThe ports on the GOMU panel consist of four USB ports (labeled USB0-1 and USB2-3), threeGE ports (labeled ETH0, ETH1, and ETH2), one serial port COM-ALM/COM-BMC, and oneVGA port.
Table 9-33 describes the ports on the GOMU panel.
Table 9-33 Ports on the GOMU panel
Port Function Connector
USB0-1 and USB2-3 It is used to connect the USBequipment.
-
ETH0 to ETH2 These are the GE ports. RJ45
COM-ALM/COM-BMC Serial port. They are used forsystem commissioning orgeneral application.
DB-9
VGA port Video connector -
9.11 GSCUThe GSCU is the GSM Switching and Control Unit. It is installed in slots 6-7 in the GMPS/GEPS/GTCS. The GSCU is configured in pairs and work in active/standby mode.
9.11.1 Functions of the GSCUThe GSCU provides an OM and GE switching platform for the subrack where it is located.
9.11.2 GSCU PanelThe components on the GSCU panel are the LEDs and ports.
9.11.3 LEDs on the GSCU PanelThere are four types of LEDs on the GSCU panel: the RUN, ALM, and ACT LEDs, and theLEDs of the Ethernet ports.
9.11.4 Ports on the GSCU Panel
9 BSC BoardsHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
9-50 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
The GSCU panel provides fifteen ports, of which twelve ports are labeled 10/100/1000BASE-T, one COM, one CLKIN, and one TESTOUT.
9.11.1 Functions of the GSCUThe GSCU provides an OM and GE switching platform for the subrack where it is located.
The GSCU performs the following functions:
l Maintains and manages the subrack where the GSCU is locatedl Provides a GE switching platform for the boards located in the subrackl Provides clock information for the boards (excluding the GGCU, GXPUT, and GXPUM)
in the subrack
9.11.2 GSCU PanelThe components on the GSCU panel are the LEDs and ports.
Figure 9-15 shows the GSCU panel.
Figure 9-15 GSCU panel
SCUa
PARC
RUNALMACT
8
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
RESET
10/1
00/1
000B
AS
E-T
10
11
ACTLINK
ACTLINK
ACTLINK
CO
M
TESTOUT
CLK
IN
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-51
9.11.3 LEDs on the GSCU PanelThere are four types of LEDs on the GSCU panel: the RUN, ALM, and ACT LEDs, and theLEDs of the Ethernet ports.
Table 9-34 describes the LEDs on the GSCU panel.
Table 9-34 LEDs on the board
LED Color Status Meaning
RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.
On for 0.125s and off for0.125s
The board is loading data.
On There is power input but theboard is faulty.
Off There is no power input or theboard is faulty.
ALM Red Off There is no alarm.
On or blinking There is an alarm.
ACT Green On The board works in activemode.
Off The board works in standbymode.
Table 9-35 describes the LEDs of the Ethernet ports on the GSCU panel.
Table 9-35 LEDs of the Ethernet ports
LED Color Status Meaning
LINK Green On LEDs of the Ethernet ports,indicating that the link isconnected
Off LEDs of the Ethernet ports,indicating that the link isdisconnected
ACT Green Blinking LEDs of the Ethernet ports,indicating that there is a dataflow
Off LEDs of the Ethernet ports,indicating that there is no dataflow
9 BSC BoardsHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
9-52 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
9.11.4 Ports on the GSCU PanelThe GSCU panel provides fifteen ports, of which twelve ports are labeled 10/100/1000BASE-T, one COM, one CLKIN, and one TESTOUT.
Table 9-36 describes the ports on the GSCU panel.
Table 9-36 Ports on the GSCU panel
Port Function Port
10/100/1000BASE-T0to10/100/1000BASE-T9
10/100/1000 Mbit/s Ethernet ports, used to connectsubracks
RJ45
10/100/1000BASE-T10 to10/100/1000BASE-T11
10/100/1000 Mbit/s Ethernet ports, used to connect to theGBAM (Only the main subrack is connected to the GBAM/GOMU.)
RJ45
COM Debugging port RJ45
CLKIN Clock source port, used to receive the 8 kHz clock signalsfrom the GGCU panel
RJ45
TESTOUT Clock test signal port, used to generate clock signals SMB maleconnector
9.12 GTNUThe GTNU is the GSM TDM switching network unit in the BSC. It is installed in slots 4-5 inthe GMPS/GEPS/GTCS. The GTNU is configured in pairs and work in active/standby mode.
9.12.1 Functions of the GTNUThe GTNU serves as the switching center for the CS services of the entire system.
9.12.2 GTNU PanelThe components on the GTNU panel are the LEDs and ports.
9.12.3 LEDs on the GTNU PanelThere are three LEDs on the GTNU panel: RUN, ALM, and ACT.
9.12.4 Ports on the GTNU PanelThe GTNU panel provides six ports labeled TDM0-TDM5,
9.12.1 Functions of the GTNUThe GTNU serves as the switching center for the CS services of the entire system.
The GTNU performs the following functions:
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-53
l Provides 128Kx128K TDM switchingl Allocates TDM network resources, and sets up and releases network connections
9.12.2 GTNU PanelThe components on the GTNU panel are the LEDs and ports.
Figure 9-16 shows the GTNU panel.
Figure 9-16 GTNU panel
TNUa
PARC
RUNALMACT
TDM
5TD
M4
TDM
0TD
M1
TDM
2TD
M3
9.12.3 LEDs on the GTNU PanelThere are three LEDs on the GTNU panel: RUN, ALM, and ACT.
Table 9-37 describes the LEDs on the GTNU panel.
9 BSC BoardsHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
9-54 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
Table 9-37 LEDs on the board
LED Color Status Meaning
RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.
On for 0.125s and off for0.125s
The board is loading data.
On There is power input but theboard is faulty.
Off There is no power input or theboard is faulty.
ALM Red Off There is no alarm.
On or blinking There is an alarm.
ACT Green On The board works in activemode.
Off The board works in standbymode.
9.12.4 Ports on the GTNU PanelThe GTNU panel provides six ports labeled TDM0-TDM5,
Table 9-38 describes the ports on the GTNU panel.
Table 9-38 Ports on the GTNU panel
Port Function Port
TDM0 to TDM5 TDM high-speed serial ports,used for GTNUinterconnections betweensubracks
DB14
NOTE
The BSC supports the inter-GTNU connections between the GMPS and the GEPS. It also supports theinter-GTNU connections between GTCSs.
9.13 GXPUMThe GXPUM is the GSM eXtensible Processing Unit for Main service in the BSC. It can beinstalled in slots 0-1 in the GMPS/GEPS and work in active/standby mode.
9.13.1 Functions of the GXPUMThe GXPUM processes the primary services of the BSC.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-55
9.13.2 GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) PanelThe components on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel are the LEDs and ports.
9.13.3 LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) PanelThere are four types of LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel: the RUN, ALM, and ACTLEDs, and the LEDs of the Ethernet ports.
9.13.4 Ports on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) PanelThe GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel provides four ports labeled 10/100/1000BASE-T0 to10/100/1000BASE-T3.
9.13.1 Functions of the GXPUMThe GXPUM processes the primary services of the BSC.
The GXPUM performs the following functions:
l Provides paging controll Provides System Information managementl Provides channel assignmentl Provides BTS public service managementl Provides voice call controll Provides packet service controll Provides handover controll Provides power controll Interfaces with the Cell Broadcast Center (CBC) on behalf of the BSCl Stores cell broadcast messagesl Schedules cell broadcast messages, which are transmitted on the Cell Broadcast Channels
(CBCHs)l Processes signals according to the LAPD protocol
9.13.2 GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) PanelThe components on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel are the LEDs and ports.
Figure 9-17 shows the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel.
9 BSC BoardsHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
9-56 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
Figure 9-17 GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel
XPUa
PARC
RUNALMACT
10/1
00/1
000B
AS
E-T
ACTLINK
0
1
2
3
9.13.3 LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) PanelThere are four types of LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel: the RUN, ALM, and ACTLEDs, and the LEDs of the Ethernet ports.
Table 9-39 describes the LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel.
Table 9-39 LEDs on the board
LED Color Status Meaning
RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.
On for 0.125s and off for0.125s
The board is loading data.
On There is power input but theboard is faulty.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-57
LED Color Status Meaning
Off There is no power input or theboard is faulty.
ALM Red Off There is no alarm.
On or blinking There is an alarm.
ACT Green On The board works in activemode.
Off The board works in standbymode.
NOTE
The functions of the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI Ethernet ports are the same as those of the GSCU Ethernetports.
9.13.4 Ports on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) PanelThe GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel provides four ports labeled 10/100/1000BASE-T0 to10/100/1000BASE-T3.
Table 9-40 describes the ports on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel.
Table 9-40 Ports on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel
Port Function Port
10/100/1000BASE-T0 to10/100/1000BASE-T3
Provides 10M/100M/1000MEthernet ports
RJ45
9.14 GXPUTThe GXPUT is the GSM eXtensible Processing Unit for Transmission in the BSC and processessignals according to the LAPD protocol and SS7 MTP3 protocol. When the number of TRXs tobe supported by the GMPS/GEPS is greater than 256, the GXPUT can be installed in slots 2-3in the GMPS/GEPS and work in active/standby mode.
9.14.1 Functions of the GXPUTThe GXPUT processes the signals according to the Link Access Procedure on the D channel(LAPD) protocol and the SS7 MTP3 protocol.
9.14.2 GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) PanelThe components on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel are the LEDs and ports.
9.14.3 LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) PanelThere are four types of LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel: the RUN, ALM, and ACTLEDs, and the LEDs of the Ethernet ports.
9.14.4 Ports on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel
9 BSC BoardsHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
9-58 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
The GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel provides four ports labeled 10/100/1000BASE-T0 to10/100/1000BASE-T3.
9.14.1 Functions of the GXPUTThe GXPUT processes the signals according to the Link Access Procedure on the D channel(LAPD) protocol and the SS7 MTP3 protocol.
The GXPUT performs the following functions:
l Processes signals according to the LAPD protocol
l Processes signals according to the SS7 MTP3 protocol
9.14.2 GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) PanelThe components on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel are the LEDs and ports.
Figure 9-18 shows the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel.
Figure 9-18 GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel
XPUa
PARC
RUNALMACT
10/1
00/1
000B
AS
E-T
ACTLINK
0
1
2
3
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-59
9.14.3 LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) PanelThere are four types of LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel: the RUN, ALM, and ACTLEDs, and the LEDs of the Ethernet ports.
Table 9-41 describes the LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel.
Table 9-41 LEDs on the board
LED Color Status Meaning
RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.
On for 0.125s and off for0.125s
The board is loading data.
On There is power input but theboard is faulty.
Off There is no power input or theboard is faulty.
ALM Red Off There is no alarm.
On or blinking There is an alarm.
ACT Green On The board works in activemode.
Off The board works in standbymode.
NOTE
The functions of the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI Ethernet ports are the same as those of the GSCU Ethernetports.
9.14.4 Ports on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) PanelThe GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel provides four ports labeled 10/100/1000BASE-T0 to10/100/1000BASE-T3.
Table 9-42 describes the ports on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel.
Table 9-42 Ports on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel
Port Function Port
10/100/1000BASE-T0 to10/100/1000BASE-T3
Provides 10M/100M/1000MEthernet ports
RJ45
9 BSC BoardsHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
9-60 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
9.15 GXPUIThe GXPUI is the GSM eXtensible Processing Unit for Computation service in the BSC andimplements the IBCA algorithm. It can be configured in slots 2-3 in the GMPS/GEPS and doesnot work in active/standby mode.
9.15.1 Functions of the GXPUIThe GXPUI performs the following functions: Implements the IBCA algorithm.
9.15.2 GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) PanelThe components on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel are the LEDs and ports.
9.15.3 LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) PanelThere are four types of LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel: the RUN, ALM, and ACTLEDs, and the LEDs of the Ethernet ports.
9.15.4 Ports on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) PanelThe GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel provides four ports labeled 10/100/1000BASE-T0 to10/100/1000BASE-T3.
9.15.1 Functions of the GXPUIThe GXPUI performs the following functions: Implements the IBCA algorithm.
The GXPUI performs the following functions:
l Implements the IBCA algorithm.
9.15.2 GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) PanelThe components on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel are the LEDs and ports.
Figure 9-19 shows the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-61
Figure 9-19 GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel
XPUa
PARC
RUNALMACT
10/1
00/1
000B
AS
E-T
ACTLINK
0
1
2
3
9.15.3 LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) PanelThere are four types of LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel: the RUN, ALM, and ACTLEDs, and the LEDs of the Ethernet ports.
Table 9-43 describes the LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel.
Table 9-43 LEDs on the board
LED Color Status Meaning
RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.
On for 0.125s and off for0.125s
The board is loading data.
On There is power input but theboard is faulty.
9 BSC BoardsHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
9-62 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
LED Color Status Meaning
Off There is no power input or theboard is faulty.
ALM Red Off There is no alarm.
On or blinking There is an alarm.
ACT Green On The board works in activemode.
Off The board works in standbymode.
NOTE
The functions of the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI Ethernet ports are the same as those of the GSCU Ethernetports.
9.15.4 Ports on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) PanelThe GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel provides four ports labeled 10/100/1000BASE-T0 to10/100/1000BASE-T3.
Table 9-44 describes the ports on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel.
Table 9-44 Ports on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel
Port Function Port
10/100/1000BASE-T0 to10/100/1000BASE-T3
Provides 10M/100M/1000MEthernet ports
RJ45
9.16 GFGUAThe GFGUA is the GSM Fast ethernet and Gigabit ethernet Unit for the A interface. It can beinstalled in slots 18-27 in the GMPS/GEPS. If the BSC need not process packet services, theGFGUA can be installed in slots 14-15. The GFGUA can work in active/standby mode and workindependently.
9.16.1 Functions of the GFGUAThe GFGUA enables the FE/GE transmission on the A interface.
9.16.2 GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) PanelThe physical boards of the GFGUA, GFGUB, and GFGUG are the same. After being loadedwith different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have thesame appearance and the same LEDs and ports.
9.16.3 LEDs on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) PanelThe physical boards of the GFGUA, GFGUB, and GFGUG are the same. After being loadedwith different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-63
same types of LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, ACT, LINK (for Ethernet port), and ACT (forEthernet port).
9.16.4 Ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) PanelThe physical boards of the GFGUA, GFGUB, and GFGUG are the same. After being loadedwith different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have thesame ports. Of the ten ports, six ports are labeled FE, two FE/GE, one 2M0, and one 2M1.
9.16.1 Functions of the GFGUAThe GFGUA enables the FE/GE transmission on the A interface.
The GFGUA performs the following functions:
l Provides IP routingl Provides the routing-based backup and load sharingl Provides eight FE ports or two GE ports logically, which are used for IP transmissionl Provides Tributary Protect Switch (TPS) function to enable switchover between the
physical links of the active and standby boards.l Supports virtual local area network (VLAN)l Supports the bidirectional forwarding detection (BFD) of a single hop link
9.16.2 GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) PanelThe physical boards of the GFGUA, GFGUB, and GFGUG are the same. After being loadedwith different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have thesame appearance and the same LEDs and ports.
Figure 9-20 shows the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel.
9 BSC BoardsHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
9-64 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
Figure 9-20 GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel
FG2a
PARC
RUNALMACT
10/1
00M
10/1
00M
10/1
00M
10/1
00/1
000M
10/1
00M
10/1
00M
10/1
00M
10/1
00/1
000M
2M0
2M1
9.16.3 LEDs on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) PanelThe physical boards of the GFGUA, GFGUB, and GFGUG are the same. After being loadedwith different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have thesame types of LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, ACT, LINK (for Ethernet port), and ACT (forEthernet port).
Table 9-45 describes the LEDs on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel.
Table 9-45 LEDs on the board
LED Color Status Meaning
RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.
On for 0.125s and offfor 0.125s
The board is loading data.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-65
LED Color Status Meaning
On There is power input but the boardis faulty.
Off There is no power input or theboard is faulty.
ALM Red Off There is no alarm.
On or blinking There is an alarm.
ACT Green On The board works in active mode.
Off The board works in standby mode.
Table 9-46 describes the LEDs of the Ethernet ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel.
Table 9-46 LEDs of the Ethernet ports
LED Color Status Meaning
LINK Green On The link is connected.
Off The link is disconnected.
ACT Orange Blinking Data is being transmitted throughthe port.
Off No data is being transmittedthrough the port.
9.16.4 Ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) PanelThe physical boards of the GFGUA, GFGUB, and GFGUG are the same. After being loadedwith different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have thesame ports. Of the ten ports, six ports are labeled FE, two FE/GE, one 2M0, and one 2M1.
Table 9-47 describes the ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel.
Table 9-47 Ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel
Port Function Port
FE The 10/100 Ethernetports are used totransmit 10/100 Mbit/ssignals.
RJ45
9 BSC BoardsHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
9-66 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
Port Function Port
FE/GE The 10/100/1000Ethernet ports are usedto transmit 10/100/1000Mbit/s signals.
RJ45
2M0 Reserved -
2M1 Reserved -
NOTE
l The GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel provides eight Ethernet ports in two groups. The four Ethernetports in each group are physically numbered 0 to 3. Logically, the eight Ethernet ports are numbered0 to 7.
l The eight Ethernet ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel can logically provide eight FE portsor two GE ports for IP transmission. The two ports labeled FE/GE can provide either GE transmissionor FE transmission. Note that the eight FE ports and the two GE ports of the same interface boardcannot be used simultaneously.
9.17 GFGUBThe GFGUB is the GSM Fast ethernet and Gigabit ethernet Unit for the Abis interface. It canbe installed in slots 18-27 in the GMPS/GEPS. If the BSC need not process packet services, theGFGUB can be installed in slots 14-15. The GFGUB can work in active/standby mode and workindependently.
9.17.1 Functions of the GFGUBThe GFGUB enables the FE/GE transmission on the Abis interface.
9.17.2 GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) PanelThe physical boards of the GFGUA, GFGUB, and GFGUG are the same. After being loadedwith different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have thesame appearance and the same LEDs and ports.
9.17.3 LEDs on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) PanelThe physical boards of the GFGUA, GFGUB, and GFGUG are the same. After being loadedwith different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have thesame types of LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, ACT, LINK (for Ethernet port), and ACT (forEthernet port).
9.17.4 Ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) PanelThe physical boards of the GFGUA, GFGUB, and GFGUG are the same. After being loadedwith different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have thesame ports. Of the ten ports, six ports are labeled FE, two FE/GE, one 2M0, and one 2M1.
9.17.1 Functions of the GFGUBThe GFGUB enables the FE/GE transmission on the Abis interface.
The GFGUB performs the following functions:
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-67
l Provides IP routingl Provides the routing-based backup and load sharingl Provides eight FE ports or two GE ports logically, which are used for IP transmissionl Provides Tributary Protect Switch (TPS) function to enable switchover between the
physical links of the active and standby boards.
9.17.2 GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) PanelThe physical boards of the GFGUA, GFGUB, and GFGUG are the same. After being loadedwith different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have thesame appearance and the same LEDs and ports.
Figure 9-21 shows the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel.
Figure 9-21 GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel
FG2a
PARC
RUNALMACT
10/1
00M
10/1
00M
10/1
00M
10/1
00/1
000M
10/1
00M
10/1
00M
10/1
00M
10/1
00/1
000M
2M0
2M1
9.17.3 LEDs on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) PanelThe physical boards of the GFGUA, GFGUB, and GFGUG are the same. After being loadedwith different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the
9 BSC BoardsHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
9-68 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
same types of LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, ACT, LINK (for Ethernet port), and ACT (forEthernet port).
Table 9-48 describes the LEDs on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel.
Table 9-48 LEDs on the board
LED Color Status Meaning
RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.
On for 0.125s and offfor 0.125s
The board is loading data.
On There is power input but the boardis faulty.
Off There is no power input or theboard is faulty.
ALM Red Off There is no alarm.
On or blinking There is an alarm.
ACT Green On The board works in active mode.
Off The board works in standby mode.
Table 9-49 describes the LEDs of the Ethernet ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel.
Table 9-49 LEDs of the Ethernet ports
LED Color Status Meaning
LINK Green On The link is connected.
Off The link is disconnected.
ACT Orange Blinking Data is being transmitted throughthe port.
Off No data is being transmittedthrough the port.
9.17.4 Ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) PanelThe physical boards of the GFGUA, GFGUB, and GFGUG are the same. After being loadedwith different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have thesame ports. Of the ten ports, six ports are labeled FE, two FE/GE, one 2M0, and one 2M1.
Table 9-50 describes the ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-69
Table 9-50 Ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel
Port Function Port
FE The 10/100 Ethernetports are used totransmit 10/100 Mbit/ssignals.
RJ45
FE/GE The 10/100/1000Ethernet ports are usedto transmit 10/100/1000Mbit/s signals.
RJ45
2M0 Reserved -
2M1 Reserved -
NOTE
l The GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel provides eight Ethernet ports in two groups. The four Ethernetports in each group are physically numbered 0 to 3. Logically, the eight Ethernet ports are numbered0 to 7.
l The eight Ethernet ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel can logically provide eight FE portsor two GE ports for IP transmission. The two ports labeled FE/GE can provide either GE transmissionor FE transmission. Note that the eight FE ports and the two GE ports of the same interface boardcannot be used simultaneously.
9.18 GFGUGThe GFGUG is the GSM Fast ethernet and Gigabit ethernet Unit for the Gb interface. It can beinstalled in slots 14-15 in the GMPS/GEPS. The GFGUG can work in active/standby mode andwork independently.
9.18.1 Functions of the GFGUGThe GFGUG enables the FE/GE transmission on the Gb interface.
9.18.2 GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) PanelThe physical boards of the GFGUA, GFGUB, and GFGUG are the same. After being loadedwith different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have thesame appearance and the same LEDs and ports.
9.18.3 LEDs on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) PanelThe physical boards of the GFGUA, GFGUB, and GFGUG are the same. After being loadedwith different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have thesame types of LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, ACT, LINK (for Ethernet port), and ACT (forEthernet port).
9.18.4 Ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) PanelThe physical boards of the GFGUA, GFGUB, and GFGUG are the same. After being loadedwith different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have thesame ports. Of the ten ports, six ports are labeled FE, two FE/GE, one 2M0, and one 2M1.
9 BSC BoardsHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
9-70 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
9.18.1 Functions of the GFGUGThe GFGUG enables the FE/GE transmission on the Gb interface.
The GFGUG performs the following functions:
l Provides IP routingl Provides the routing-based backup and load sharingl Provides eight FE ports or two GE ports logically, which are used for IP transmissionl Provides Tributary Protect Switch (TPS) function to enable switchover between the
physical links of the active and standby boards.
9.18.2 GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) PanelThe physical boards of the GFGUA, GFGUB, and GFGUG are the same. After being loadedwith different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have thesame appearance and the same LEDs and ports.
Figure 9-22 shows the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel.
Figure 9-22 GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel
FG2a
PARC
RUNALMACT
10/1
00M
10/1
00M
10/1
00M
10/1
00/1
000M
10/1
00M
10/1
00M
10/1
00M
10/1
00/1
000M
2M0
2M1
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-71
9.18.3 LEDs on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) PanelThe physical boards of the GFGUA, GFGUB, and GFGUG are the same. After being loadedwith different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have thesame types of LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, ACT, LINK (for Ethernet port), and ACT (forEthernet port).
Table 9-51 describes the LEDs on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel.
Table 9-51 LEDs on the board
LED Color Status Meaning
RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.
On for 0.125s and offfor 0.125s
The board is loading data.
On There is power input but the boardis faulty.
Off There is no power input or theboard is faulty.
ALM Red Off There is no alarm.
On or blinking There is an alarm.
ACT Green On The board works in active mode.
Off The board works in standby mode.
Table 9-52 describes the LEDs of the Ethernet ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel.
Table 9-52 LEDs of the Ethernet ports
LED Color Status Meaning
LINK Green On The link is connected.
Off The link is disconnected.
ACT Orange Blinking Data is being transmitted throughthe port.
Off No data is being transmittedthrough the port.
9.18.4 Ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) PanelThe physical boards of the GFGUA, GFGUB, and GFGUG are the same. After being loadedwith different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have thesame ports. Of the ten ports, six ports are labeled FE, two FE/GE, one 2M0, and one 2M1.
9 BSC BoardsHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
9-72 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
Table 9-53 describes the ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel.
Table 9-53 Ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel
Port Function Port
FE The 10/100 Ethernetports are used totransmit 10/100 Mbit/ssignals.
RJ45
FE/GE The 10/100/1000Ethernet ports are usedto transmit 10/100/1000Mbit/s signals.
RJ45
2M0 Reserved -
2M1 Reserved -
NOTE
l The GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel provides eight Ethernet ports in two groups. The four Ethernetports in each group are physically numbered 0 to 3. Logically, the eight Ethernet ports are numbered0 to 7.
l The eight Ethernet ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel can logically provide eight FE portsor two GE ports for IP transmission. The two ports labeled FE/GE can provide either GE transmissionor FE transmission. Note that the eight FE ports and the two GE ports of the same interface boardcannot be used simultaneously.
9.19 GOGUAThe GOGUA is the GSM Optic Gigabit ethernet Unit for the A interface. It can be installed inslots 18-27 in the GMPS/GEPS. When the BSC need not process packet services, the GOGUAcan also be installed in slots 14-15. The GOGUA can work in active/standby mode and workindependently.
9.19.1 Functions of the GOGUAThe GOGUA enables the GE transmission on the A interface.
9.19.2 GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) PanelThe physical boards of the GOGUA and GOGUB are the same. After being loaded with differentsoftware, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the sameappearance and the same LEDs and ports.
9.19.3 LEDs on the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) PanelThe physical boards of the GOGUA and GOGUB are the same. After being loaded with differentsoftware, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same types ofLEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, and ACT.
9.19.4 Ports on the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) PanelThe physical boards of the GOGUA and GOGUB are the same. After being loaded with differentsoftware, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same ports. Ofthe four ports, two ports are labeled RX/TX, one 2MO, and one 2M1.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-73
9.19.5 Technical Specifications of the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa)The technical specifications of the GOGUA/GOGUB consist of the optical port mode, opticalport type, wavelength, transmission rate, transmission distance, output power, and receiversensitivity.
9.19.1 Functions of the GOGUAThe GOGUA enables the GE transmission on the A interface.
The GOGUA performs the following functions:
l Provides two GE optical ports, which are used for IP transmissionl Provides Automatic Protection Switching (APS) function to enable switchover between
the optical channel links of the active and standby boards.l Supports virtual local area network (VLAN)l Supports the bidirectional forwarding detection (BFD) of a single hop link
9.19.2 GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) PanelThe physical boards of the GOGUA and GOGUB are the same. After being loaded with differentsoftware, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the sameappearance and the same LEDs and ports.
Figure 9-23 shows the GOGUA/GOGUB panel.
9 BSC BoardsHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
9-74 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
Figure 9-23 GOGUA/GOGUB panel
GOUa
PARC
RUNALMACT
RXTX
RXTX
2M0
2M1
9.19.3 LEDs on the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) PanelThe physical boards of the GOGUA and GOGUB are the same. After being loaded with differentsoftware, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same types ofLEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, and ACT.
Table 9-54 describes the LEDs on the GOGUA/GOGUB panel.
Table 9-54 LEDs on the board
LED Color Status Meaning
RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.
On for 0.125s and off for0.125s
The board is loading data.
On There is power input but theboard is faulty.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-75
LED Color Status Meaning
Off There is no power input or theboard is faulty.
ALM Red Off There is no alarm.
On or blinking There is an alarm.
ACT Green On The board works in active mode.
Off The board works in standbymode.
9.19.4 Ports on the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) PanelThe physical boards of the GOGUA and GOGUB are the same. After being loaded with differentsoftware, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same ports. Ofthe four ports, two ports are labeled RX/TX, one 2MO, and one 2M1.
Table 9-55 describes the ports on the GOGUA/GOGUB panel.
Table 9-55 Ports on the GOGUA/GOGUB panel
Port Function Port
RX Optical ports, used toreceive and transmit opticalsignals. TX indicates thetransmitting optical port andRX indicates the receivingoptical port.
LC/PC
TX
2M0 Reserved. -
2M1 Reserved. -
9.19.5 Technical Specifications of the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa)The technical specifications of the GOGUA/GOGUB consist of the optical port mode, opticalport type, wavelength, transmission rate, transmission distance, output power, and receiversensitivity.
Table 9-56 lists the technical specifications of the GOGUA/GOGUB.
Table 9-56 Technical Specifications of the GOGUA/GOGUB
Specification Value
Optical port mode Single mode Multimode
9 BSC BoardsHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
9-76 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
Specification Value
Optical port type LC/PC LC/PC
Central wavelength 1,310 nm 850 nm
Transmission rate 1.25 Gbit/s 2.125 Gbit/s
Transmissiondistance
10 km 0.5 km
Maximum outputoptical power
-3 dBm -2.5 dBm
Minimum outputoptical power
-9.5 dBm -9.5 dBm
Maximum receiversensitivity
-20 dBm -17 dBm
9.20 GOGUBThe GOGUB is the GSM Optic Gigabit ethernet Unit for the Abis interface. It can be installedin slots 18-27 in the GMPS/GEPS. When the BSC need not process packet services, the GOGUBcan also be installed in slots 14-15. The GOGUB can work in active/standby mode and workindependently.
9.20.1 Functions of the GOGUBThe GOGUB enables the GE transmission on the Abis interface.
9.20.2 GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) PanelThe physical boards of the GOGUA and GOGUB are the same. After being loaded with differentsoftware, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the sameappearance and the same LEDs and ports.
9.20.3 LEDs on the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) PanelThe physical boards of the GOGUA and GOGUB are the same. After being loaded with differentsoftware, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same types ofLEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, and ACT.
9.20.4 Ports on the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) PanelThe physical boards of the GOGUA and GOGUB are the same. After being loaded with differentsoftware, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same ports. Ofthe four ports, two ports are labeled RX/TX, one 2MO, and one 2M1.
9.20.5 Technical Specifications of the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa)The technical specifications of the GOGUA/GOGUB consist of the optical port mode, opticalport type, wavelength, transmission rate, transmission distance, output power, and receiversensitivity.
9.20.1 Functions of the GOGUBThe GOGUB enables the GE transmission on the Abis interface.
The GOGUB performs the following functions:
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-77
l Provides two GE optical ports, which are used for IP transmissionl Provides Automatic Protection Switching (APS) function to enable switchover between
the optical channel links of the active and standby boards.
9.20.2 GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) PanelThe physical boards of the GOGUA and GOGUB are the same. After being loaded with differentsoftware, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the sameappearance and the same LEDs and ports.
Figure 9-24 shows the GOGUA/GOGUB panel.
Figure 9-24 GOGUA/GOGUB panel
GOUa
PARC
RUNALMACT
RXTX
RXTX
2M0
2M1
9.20.3 LEDs on the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) PanelThe physical boards of the GOGUA and GOGUB are the same. After being loaded with differentsoftware, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same types ofLEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, and ACT.
Table 9-57 describes the LEDs on the GOGUA/GOGUB panel.
9 BSC BoardsHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
9-78 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
Table 9-57 LEDs on the board
LED Color Status Meaning
RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.
On for 0.125s and off for0.125s
The board is loading data.
On There is power input but theboard is faulty.
Off There is no power input or theboard is faulty.
ALM Red Off There is no alarm.
On or blinking There is an alarm.
ACT Green On The board works in active mode.
Off The board works in standbymode.
9.20.4 Ports on the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) PanelThe physical boards of the GOGUA and GOGUB are the same. After being loaded with differentsoftware, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same ports. Ofthe four ports, two ports are labeled RX/TX, one 2MO, and one 2M1.
Table 9-58 describes the ports on the GOGUA/GOGUB panel.
Table 9-58 Ports on the GOGUA/GOGUB panel
Port Function Port
RX Optical ports, used toreceive and transmit opticalsignals. TX indicates thetransmitting optical port andRX indicates the receivingoptical port.
LC/PC
TX
2M0 Reserved. -
2M1 Reserved. -
9.20.5 Technical Specifications of the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa)The technical specifications of the GOGUA/GOGUB consist of the optical port mode, opticalport type, wavelength, transmission rate, transmission distance, output power, and receiversensitivity.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-79
Table 9-59 lists the technical specifications of the GOGUA/GOGUB.
Table 9-59 Technical Specifications of the GOGUA/GOGUB
Specification Value
Optical port mode Single mode Multimode
Optical port type LC/PC LC/PC
Central wavelength 1,310 nm 850 nm
Transmission rate 1.25 Gbit/s 2.125 Gbit/s
Transmissiondistance
10 km 0.5 km
Maximum outputoptical power
-3 dBm -2.5 dBm
Minimum outputoptical power
-9.5 dBm -9.5 dBm
Maximum receiversensitivity
-20 dBm -17 dBm
9.21 GEHUBThe GEHUB is the GSM E1/T1 High level Data Link Control Unit for the Abis interface. It canbe installed in slots 18-27 in the GMPS/GEPS. When the BSC need not process packet services,the GEHUB can also be installed in slots 14-15. The GEHUB can work in active/standby modeand work independently.
9.21.1 Functions of the GEHUBThe GEHUB enables the E1/T1 transmission on the Abis interface.
9.21.2 GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) PanelThe physical boards of the GEHUB and GEPUG are the same. After being loaded with differentsoftware, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the sameappearance and the same LEDs and ports.
9.21.3 LEDs on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) PanelThe physical boards of the GEHUB and GEPUG are the same. After being loaded with differentsoftware, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same types ofLEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, and ACT.
9.21.4 Ports on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) PanelThe physical boards of the GEHUB and GEPUG are the same. After being loaded with differentsoftware, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same ports. Ofthe six ports, four ports are labeled E1/T1, one 2MO, and one 2M1.
9.21.5 DIP Switches on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa)The physical boards of the GEHUB and GEPUG are the same. After being loaded with differentsoftware, the physical boards perform different functions. They have the same types of DIPswitches: S2, S4, S6, S8, and S10.
9 BSC BoardsHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
9-80 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
9.21.1 Functions of the GEHUBThe GEHUB enables the E1/T1 transmission on the Abis interface.
The GEHUB performs the following functions:
l Provides four E1/T1 electrical ports, which are used for HDLC/Hub BTS transmissionl Provides Tributary Protect Switch (TPS) function to enable switchover between the
physical links of the active and standby boards.l Transmits and receives 32 E1/T1 signals, and encodes and decodes the E1/T1 signals (The
E1 transmission rate is 2.048 Mbit/s and the T1 transmission rate is 1.544 Mbit/s.)
9.21.2 GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) PanelThe physical boards of the GEHUB and GEPUG are the same. After being loaded with differentsoftware, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the sameappearance and the same LEDs and ports.
Figure 9-25 shows the GEHUB/GEPUG panel.
Figure 9-25 GEHUB/GEPUG panel
PEUa
PARC
RUNALMACT
E1/T
1(8~
15)
E1/T
1(24
~31)
E1/T
1(16
~23)
E1/T
1(0~
7)2M
02M
1
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-81
9.21.3 LEDs on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) PanelThe physical boards of the GEHUB and GEPUG are the same. After being loaded with differentsoftware, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same types ofLEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, and ACT.
Table 9-60 describes the LEDs on the GEHUB/GEPUG panel.
Table 9-60 LEDs on the board
LED Color Status Meaning
RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.
On for 0.125s and off for0.125s
The board is loading data.
On There is power input but theboard is faulty.
Off There is no power input or theboard is faulty.
ALM Red Off There is no alarm.
On or blinking There is an alarm.
ACT Green On The board works in active mode.
Off The board works in standbymode.
9.21.4 Ports on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) PanelThe physical boards of the GEHUB and GEPUG are the same. After being loaded with differentsoftware, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same ports. Ofthe six ports, four ports are labeled E1/T1, one 2MO, and one 2M1.
Table 9-61 describes the ports on the GEHUB/GEPUG panel.
Table 9-61 Ports on the GEHUB/GEPUG panel
Port Function Port
E1/T1 (0-7) E1/T1 port, used to transmit andreceive the E1/T1 signals on routes0-7
DB44
E1/T1 (8-15) E1/T1 port, used to transmit andreceive the E1/T1 signals on routes8-15
DB44
9 BSC BoardsHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
9-82 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
Port Function Port
E1/T1 (16-23) E1/T1 port, used to transmit andreceive the E1/T1 signals on routes16-23
DB44
E1/T1 (24-31) E1/T1 port, used to transmit andreceive the E1/T1 signals on routes24-31
DB44
2M0 One of the two clock signal outputports, used to extract the 2 MHz lineclock signals from the upper-leveldevices, send them to the GGCU, andtake them as the system clock source.
SMB male connector
2M1 One of the two clock signal outputports, used to extract the 2 MHz lineclock signals from the upper-leveldevices, send them to the GGCU, andtake them as the system clock source.
SMB male connector
9.21.5 DIP Switches on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa)The physical boards of the GEHUB and GEPUG are the same. After being loaded with differentsoftware, the physical boards perform different functions. They have the same types of DIPswitches: S2, S4, S6, S8, and S10.
Figure 9-26 shows the DIP switches on the GEHUB/GEPUG.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-83
Figure 9-26 DIP switches on the GEHUB/GEPUG
S10
1
2
ONOFF
S4
S21 8
8 1OFFON
ONOFF
S6
S81 8
8 1
ONOFF
OFFON
(1) Sub-board (2) Bottom plate
NOTE
l All the DIP switches are located on the front side of the sub-board, and cannot be directly observedsince the sub-board is engaged to the bottom plate with its front side facing the bottom plate.
l The DIP switches, S2, S4, S6, S8, and S10, are set from the side. As shown in Figure 9-26, a squareopening is configured respectively between the S2 and the S4, and between the S8 and the S6 for theoperator to operate these switches. Switch S10 is locates at the right lower corner of the sub-board,therefore it can be operated from the edge of the sub-board.
The DIP switches, S2, S4, S6, and S8, are used to set the protection grounding of the transmittingends of E1/T1 links 0 to 31, and S10 is used to set the E1 balanced mode, E1 unbalanced mode,or T1 working mode. Table 9-62 and Table 9-63 describe S2, S4, S6, S8, and S10.
Table 9-62 DIP switches on GEHUB/GEPUG (75-ohm coaxial cable)
DIPSwitch
DIP Bit Description Switch Status Meaning
S2 1-8 Used to set the protectiongrounding of the transmittingend of E1/T1 links 24-31
ON 0
9 BSC BoardsHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
9-84 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
DIPSwitch
DIP Bit Description Switch Status Meaning
S4 1-8 Used to set the protectiongrounding of the transmittingend of E1/T1 links 16-23
ON 0
S6 1-8 Used to set the protectiongrounding of the transmittingend of E1/T1 links 0-7
ON 0
S8 1-8 Used to set the protectiongrounding of the transmittingend of E1/T1 links 8-15
ON 0
S10 1-2 Work mode switch,consisting of two DIP bits.
E1 unbalancedmode (ON, ON)
(0, 0)
Table 9-63 DIP switches on GEHUB/GEPUG (120-ohm twisted pair cable)
DIPSwitch
DIP Bit Description Switch Status Meaning
S2 1-8 Used to set the protectiongrounding of the transmittingend of E1/T1 links 24-31
OFF 1
S4 1-8 Used to set the protectiongrounding of the transmittingend of E1/T1 links 16-23
OFF 1
S6 1-8 Used to set the protectiongrounding of the transmittingend of E1/T1 links 0-7
OFF 1
S8 1-8 Used to set the protectiongrounding of the transmittingend of E1/T1 links 8-15
OFF 1
S10 1-2 Work mode switch,consisting of two DIP bits.
E1 balanced mode(OFF, ON)
(1, 0)
T1 mode (ON,OFF)
(0, 1)
NOTE
l When the signals are transmitted through a 75-ohm coaxial cable in E1 unbalanced mode, set the DIPswitch to ON and ground the TX end. When the signals are transmitted through a 120-ohm twisted paircable in E1 balanced mode or T1 mode, set the DIP switch to OFF and do not ground the TX end.
l By default, all the DIP switches are set for the transmission in E1 balanced mode. That is, all bits ofS2, S4, S6, and S8 are set to OFF. Bit 1 of S10 is set to OFF and bit 2 of S10 is set to ON.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-85
9.22 GEPUGThe GEPUG is the GSM E1/T1 Packet Unit for the Gb interface. It can be installed in slots 14-15in the GMPS/GEPS. The GEPUG can work in active/standby mode and work independently.
9.22.1 Functions of the GEPUGThe GEPUG enables the E1/T1 transmission on the Gb interface.
9.22.2 GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) PanelThe physical boards of the GEHUB and GEPUG are the same. After being loaded with differentsoftware, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the sameappearance and the same LEDs and ports.
9.22.3 LEDs on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) PanelThe physical boards of the GEHUB and GEPUG are the same. After being loaded with differentsoftware, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same types ofLEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, and ACT.
9.22.4 Ports on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) PanelThe physical boards of the GEHUB and GEPUG are the same. After being loaded with differentsoftware, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same ports. Ofthe six ports, four ports are labeled E1/T1, one 2MO, and one 2M1.
9.22.5 DIP Switches on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa)The physical boards of the GEHUB and GEPUG are the same. After being loaded with differentsoftware, the physical boards perform different functions. They have the same types of DIPswitches: S2, S4, S6, S8, and S10.
9.22.1 Functions of the GEPUGThe GEPUG enables the E1/T1 transmission on the Gb interface.
The GEPUG performs the following functions:
l Provides four E1/T1 electrical ports, which are used for FR transmissionl Provides Tributary Protect Switch (TPS) function to enable switchover between the
physical links of the active and standby boards.l Transmits and receives 32 E1/T1 signals, and encodes and decodes the E1/T1 signals (The
E1 transmission rate is 2.048 Mbit/s and the T1 transmission rate is 1.544 Mbit/s.)
9.22.2 GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) PanelThe physical boards of the GEHUB and GEPUG are the same. After being loaded with differentsoftware, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the sameappearance and the same LEDs and ports.
Figure 9-27 shows the GEHUB/GEPUG panel.
9 BSC BoardsHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
9-86 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
Figure 9-27 GEHUB/GEPUG panel
PEUa
PARC
RUNALMACT
E1/T
1(8~
15)
E1/T
1(24
~31)
E1/T
1(16
~23)
E1/T
1(0~
7)2M
02M
1
9.22.3 LEDs on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) PanelThe physical boards of the GEHUB and GEPUG are the same. After being loaded with differentsoftware, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same types ofLEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, and ACT.
Table 9-64 describes the LEDs on the GEHUB/GEPUG panel.
Table 9-64 LEDs on the board
LED Color Status Meaning
RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.
On for 0.125s and off for0.125s
The board is loading data.
On There is power input but theboard is faulty.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-87
LED Color Status Meaning
Off There is no power input or theboard is faulty.
ALM Red Off There is no alarm.
On or blinking There is an alarm.
ACT Green On The board works in active mode.
Off The board works in standbymode.
9.22.4 Ports on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) PanelThe physical boards of the GEHUB and GEPUG are the same. After being loaded with differentsoftware, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same ports. Ofthe six ports, four ports are labeled E1/T1, one 2MO, and one 2M1.
Table 9-65 describes the ports on the GEHUB/GEPUG panel.
Table 9-65 Ports on the GEHUB/GEPUG panel
Port Function Port
E1/T1 (0-7) E1/T1 port, used to transmit andreceive the E1/T1 signals on routes0-7
DB44
E1/T1 (8-15) E1/T1 port, used to transmit andreceive the E1/T1 signals on routes8-15
DB44
E1/T1 (16-23) E1/T1 port, used to transmit andreceive the E1/T1 signals on routes16-23
DB44
E1/T1 (24-31) E1/T1 port, used to transmit andreceive the E1/T1 signals on routes24-31
DB44
2M0 One of the two clock signal outputports, used to extract the 2 MHz lineclock signals from the upper-leveldevices, send them to the GGCU, andtake them as the system clock source.
SMB male connector
2M1 One of the two clock signal outputports, used to extract the 2 MHz lineclock signals from the upper-leveldevices, send them to the GGCU, andtake them as the system clock source.
SMB male connector
9 BSC BoardsHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
9-88 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
9.22.5 DIP Switches on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa)The physical boards of the GEHUB and GEPUG are the same. After being loaded with differentsoftware, the physical boards perform different functions. They have the same types of DIPswitches: S2, S4, S6, S8, and S10.
Figure 9-28 shows the DIP switches on the GEHUB/GEPUG.
Figure 9-28 DIP switches on the GEHUB/GEPUG
S10
1
2
ONOFF
S4
S21 8
8 1OFFON
ONOFF
S6
S81 8
8 1
ONOFF
OFFON
(1) Sub-board (2) Bottom plate
NOTE
l All the DIP switches are located on the front side of the sub-board, and cannot be directly observedsince the sub-board is engaged to the bottom plate with its front side facing the bottom plate.
l The DIP switches, S2, S4, S6, S8, and S10, are set from the side. As shown in Figure 9-28, a squareopening is configured respectively between the S2 and the S4, and between the S8 and the S6 for theoperator to operate these switches. Switch S10 is locates at the right lower corner of the sub-board,therefore it can be operated from the edge of the sub-board.
The DIP switches, S2, S4, S6, and S8, are used to set the protection grounding of the transmittingends of E1/T1 links 0 to 31, and S10 is used to set the E1 balanced mode, E1 unbalanced mode,or T1 working mode. Table 9-66 and Table 9-67 describe S2, S4, S6, S8, and S10.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-89
Table 9-66 DIP switches on GEHUB/GEPUG (75-ohm coaxial cable)
DIPSwitch
DIP Bit Description Switch Status Meaning
S2 1-8 Used to set the protectiongrounding of the transmittingend of E1/T1 links 24-31
ON 0
S4 1-8 Used to set the protectiongrounding of the transmittingend of E1/T1 links 16-23
ON 0
S6 1-8 Used to set the protectiongrounding of the transmittingend of E1/T1 links 0-7
ON 0
S8 1-8 Used to set the protectiongrounding of the transmittingend of E1/T1 links 8-15
ON 0
S10 1-2 Work mode switch,consisting of two DIP bits.
E1 unbalancedmode (ON, ON)
(0, 0)
Table 9-67 DIP switches on GEHUB/GEPUG (120-ohm twisted pair cable)
DIPSwitch
DIP Bit Description Switch Status Meaning
S2 1-8 Used to set the protectiongrounding of the transmittingend of E1/T1 links 24-31
OFF 1
S4 1-8 Used to set the protectiongrounding of the transmittingend of E1/T1 links 16-23
OFF 1
S6 1-8 Used to set the protectiongrounding of the transmittingend of E1/T1 links 0-7
OFF 1
S8 1-8 Used to set the protectiongrounding of the transmittingend of E1/T1 links 8-15
OFF 1
S10 1-2 Work mode switch,consisting of two DIP bits.
E1 balanced mode(OFF, ON)
(1, 0)
T1 mode (ON,OFF)
(0, 1)
9 BSC BoardsHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
9-90 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
NOTE
l When the signals are transmitted through a 75-ohm coaxial cable in E1 unbalanced mode, set the DIPswitch to ON and ground the TX end. When the signals are transmitted through a 120-ohm twisted paircable in E1 balanced mode or T1 mode, set the DIP switch to OFF and do not ground the TX end.
l By default, all the DIP switches are set for the transmission in E1 balanced mode. That is, all bits ofS2, S4, S6, and S8 are set to OFF. Bit 1 of S10 is set to OFF and bit 2 of S10 is set to ON.
9.23 GDPUCThe GDPUC is the CS service processing unit in the BSC. When E1/T1 interface boards areinstalled in the GTCS, the GDPUC can be installed in slots 9 to 13. When STM-1 interfaceboards are installed in the GTCS, the GDPUC can be installed in slots 1 to 3 and slots 8 to 13.
9.23.1 Functions of the GDPUC(DPUa)The GDPUC processes voice services and data services.
9.23.2 GDPUC(DPUa) PanelThe components on the GDPUC panel are the LEDs.
9.23.3 LEDs on the GDPUC(DPUa) PanelThe LEDs on the GDPUC panel are labeled RUN, ALM, and ACT respectively.
9.23.1 Functions of the GDPUC(DPUa)The GDPUC processes voice services and data services.
The GDPUC performs the following functions:l Encodes and decodes voice signalsl Provides data service rate adaptationl Provides Tandem Free Operation (TFO) functions
When the calling and called MSs use one voice coding scheme, the voice signals areencoded only once at the originating MS and decoded only once at the terminating MS.This reduces repeated encoding and decoding and improves the quality of speech services.
l Provides voice enhancement functionl Detects voice faults automatically
9.23.2 GDPUC(DPUa) PanelThe components on the GDPUC panel are the LEDs.
Figure 9-29 shows the GDPUC panel.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-91
Figure 9-29 GDPUC panel
DPUa
PARC
RUNALMACT
9.23.3 LEDs on the GDPUC(DPUa) PanelThe LEDs on the GDPUC panel are labeled RUN, ALM, and ACT respectively.
Table 9-68 describes the LEDs on the GDPUC panel.
Table 9-68 LEDs on the board
LED Color Status Meaning
RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.
On for 0.125s and offfor 0.125s
The board is loading data.
On There is power input but the board isfaulty.
9 BSC BoardsHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
9-92 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
LED Color Status Meaning
Off There is no power input or the boardis faulty.
ALM Red Off There is no alarm.
On or blinking There is an alarm.
ACT Green On The board works properly.
Off There is no power input or the boardis faulty.
9.24 GDPUXThe GDPUX is the GSM Data Processing Unit for eXtensible services. It can be installed inslots 8-11 in the GMPS; slots 0-3, 8-13, and 14-27 in the GEPS; and slots 0-3, 8-13 in the GTCS.
9.24.1 Functions of the GDPUX(DPUc)The GDPUX processes voice services and data services.
9.24.2 GDPUX(DPUc) PanelThe components on the GDPUX panel are the LEDs.
9.24.3 LEDs on the GDPUX(DPUc) PanelThe LEDs on the GDPUX panel are RUN, ALM, and ACT.
9.24.1 Functions of the GDPUX(DPUc)The GDPUX processes voice services and data services.
The GDPUX inherits all the functions of the GDPUC. It performs the following functions:
l Provides format conversion for 3740 IP speech paths and HDLC optimized speech pathsas well as data forwardingThe GDPUX in the GMPS/GEPS performs the function mentioned above in any of thefollowing configuration modes: BM/TC combined, A over IP and Abis over IP, or A overIP and Abis over HDLC.
l Encodes and decodes the signals transmitted over a maximum of 960 speech pathsThe GDPUX in the GMPS/GEPS performs the function mentioned above when thefollowing conditions are met: BM/TC combined, A over IP not adopted, and Abis overTDM used. The GDPUX in the GTCS performs the function mentioned above in BM/TCseparated configuration mode.
l Provides Tandem Free Operation (TFO) functionWhen the calling and called MSs use one voice coding scheme, the voice signals areencoded only once at the originating MS and decoded only once at the terminating MS.This reduces repeated encoding and decoding and improves the quality of speech services.
l Provides voice enhancement functionl Detects voice faults automatically
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-93
9.24.2 GDPUX(DPUc) PanelThe components on the GDPUX panel are the LEDs.
Figure 9-30 shows the GDPUX panel.
Figure 9-30 GDPUX panel
DPUc
PARC
RUNALMACT
9.24.3 LEDs on the GDPUX(DPUc) PanelThe LEDs on the GDPUX panel are RUN, ALM, and ACT.
Table 9-69 describes the LEDs on the GDPUX panel.
Table 9-69 LEDs on the board
LED Color Status Meaning
RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.
9 BSC BoardsHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
9-94 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
LED Color Status Meaning
On for 0.125s and offfor 0.125s
The board is loading data.
On There is power input but theboard is faulty.
Off There is no power input or theboard is faulty.
ALM Red Off There is no alarm.
On or blinking There is an alarm.
ACT Green On The board works properly.
Off There is no power input or theboard is faulty.
9.25 GDPUPThe GDPUP is the GSM Data Processing Unit for PS services. It can be installed in slots 8-13in the GMPS/GEPS.
9.25.1 Functions of the GDPUP(DPUd)The GDPUP processes the packet services for the BSC.
9.25.2 GDPUP(DPUd) PanelThe GDPUP board has only LEDs on its panel.
9.25.3 LEDs on the GDPUP(DPUd) PanelThe LEDs on the GDPUP panel are RUN, ALM, and ACT.
9.25.1 Functions of the GDPUP(DPUd)The GDPUP processes the packet services for the BSC.
The GDPUP performs the following functions:
l Processes the packet services on up to 1,024 simultaneously active PDCHs where signalsare coded in MCS9
l Processes packet linksl Detects packet faults automatically
9.25.2 GDPUP(DPUd) PanelThe GDPUP board has only LEDs on its panel.
Figure 9-31 shows the GDPUP panel.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-95
Figure 9-31 GDPUP panel
DPUd
PARC
RUNALMACT
9.25.3 LEDs on the GDPUP(DPUd) PanelThe LEDs on the GDPUP panel are RUN, ALM, and ACT.
Table 9-70 describes the LEDs on the GDPUP panel.
Table 9-70 LEDs on the board
LED Color Status Meaning
RUN Green On for 1s and off for1s
The board is working.
On for 0.125s andoff for 0.125s
The board is loading data.
On There is power input but the boardis faulty.
9 BSC BoardsHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
9-96 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
LED Color Status Meaning
Off There is no power input or theboard is faulty.
ALM Red Off There is no alarm.
On or blinking There is an alarm.
ACT Green On The board works properly.
Off There is no power input or theboard is faulty.
9.26 MDMCThe MDMC is the power monitoring communication board for the BSC common powerdistribution box. It is configured in the power distribution box at the top of the GBCR/GBSR.Each power distribution box should be configured with one MDMC.
9.26.1 Functions of the MDMCThe MDMC is used to monitor the BSC power distribution box.
9.26.2 MDMC PanelThe components on the MDMC are the LEDs and mute switch.
9.26.3 LEDs on the MDMC PanelThere are two LEDs on the MDMC panel: RUN and ALM.
9.26.4 DIP Switch on the MDMCThere is a DIP switch labeled S2 on the MDMC.
9.26.1 Functions of the MDMCThe MDMC is used to monitor the BSC power distribution box.
The MDMC performs the following functions:
l Detects two -48 V inputsl Detects signals from one external temperature sensorl Detects signals from one external humidity sensorl Detects signals from two lightning protection devicesl Detects the status of six power output switchesl Generates and reports audible and visual alarmsl Communicates with the GSCU, reports the status of the power distribution box, and
exchanges the OM information with the GSCU
9.26.2 MDMC PanelThe components on the MDMC are the LEDs and mute switch.
Figure 9-32 shows the MDMC panel.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-97
Figure 9-32 MDMC panel
RUN
ALM
ON
OFF1
(1) Mute switch
NOTE
The mute switch is used to control the audible alarm of the power distribution box.
l If you set the switch to ON, the power distribution box generates an audible alarm when it detects afault.
l If you set the switch to OFF, the power distribution box does not generate an audible alarm when itdetects a fault.
9.26.3 LEDs on the MDMC PanelThere are two LEDs on the MDMC panel: RUN and ALM.
Table 9-71 describes the LEDs on the MDMC panel.
Table 9-71 LEDs on the board
LED Color Status Meaning
RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working andcommunicating with the GSCU.
On for 0.25s and offfor 0.25s
The board cannot communicate with theGSCU, or the board is not working.
Off There is no power supply or the powerdistribution box is faulty.
ALM Red Off There is no alarm.
On There is an alarm. When the board isstarting up, the status indicates that theALM indicator functions well.
9 BSC BoardsHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
9-98 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
9.26.4 DIP Switch on the MDMCThere is a DIP switch labeled S2 on the MDMC.
Figure 9-33 shows the DIP switch on the MDMC.
Figure 9-33 DIP switch on the MDMC
S2
1 4 ON
OFF
S2 is used to set the address of the MDMC.
To set the address of the MDMC, pull out the MDMC, and then set S2 by referring to Table9-72.
Table 9-72 Setting of S2
Address DIP Bit Switch Status Meaning
0 1 (the most significantbit)
ON 0
2 ON 0
3 ON 0
4 (the least significantbit)
ON 0
NOTE
In the BSC, the DIP switch on the MDMC must be set according to the specifications listed in Table9-72.
9.27 PAMUThe PAMU is the power monitoring communication board for the BSC high-power distributionbox. It is configured in the power distribution box at the top of the GBCR/GBSR. Each powerdistribution box should be configured with one PAMU.
9.27.1 Functions of the PAMUThe PAMU is used to monitor the BSC power distribution box.
9.27.2 PAMU PanelThe components on the PAMU are the LEDs and mute switch.
9.27.3 LEDs on the PAMU Panel
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-99
There are two LEDs on the PAMU panel: RUN and ALM.
9.27.4 DIP Switch on the PAMUThere is a DIP switch labeled SW1 on the PAMU.
9.27.1 Functions of the PAMUThe PAMU is used to monitor the BSC power distribution box.
The PAMU performs the following functions:
l Detects the voltage of six -48 V power inputs and generates alarms (only four inputs areused by the BSC)
l Detects the status of the power switches for 20 power outputs and reports alarmsl Enables the switchover when faults occur in the serial port communication, and
communicates with the GSCUl Provides two RS485 and two RS232 asynchronous serial ports
9.27.2 PAMU PanelThe components on the PAMU are the LEDs and mute switch.
Figure 9-34 shows the PAMU panel.
Figure 9-34 PAMU panel
RUN
ALM
MUTE 3
2
1
(1) RUN LED (2) ALM LED (3) Mute switch
9 BSC BoardsHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
9-100 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
NOTE
The mute switch determines whether to turn off the alarm sound of the power distribution box.
l If you set the switch to ON, the power distribution box generates an audible alarm when it detects afault.
l If you set the switch to OFF, the power distribution box does not generate an audible alarm when itdetects a fault.
9.27.3 LEDs on the PAMU PanelThere are two LEDs on the PAMU panel: RUN and ALM.
Table 9-73 describes the LEDs on the PAMU panel.
Table 9-73 LEDs on the board
LED Color Status Meaning
RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working andcommunicating with the GSCU.
On for 0.25s and offfor 0.25s
The board cannot communicate with theGSCU, or the board is not working.
Off There is no power supply or the powerdistribution box is faulty.
ALM Red Off There is no alarm.
On There is an alarm. When the board isstarting up, the status indicates that theALM indicator functions well.
9.27.4 DIP Switch on the PAMUThere is a DIP switch labeled SW1 on the PAMU.
Figure 9-35 shows the DIP switch on the PAMU.
Figure 9-35 DIP switch on the PAMU
SW1
1 4 ON
OFF
SW1 (with four bits) is used to set the address of the PAMU.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-101
To set the address of the PAMU, pull out the PAMU, and then set SW1 by referring to Table9-74.
Table 9-74 Settings of SW1
Address DIP Bit Switch Status Meaning
0 1 (the most significantbit)
ON 0
2 ON 0
3 ON 0
4 (the least significantbit)
ON 0
NOTE
In the BSC, the DIP switch on the PAMU must be set according to the specifications listed in Table9-74.
9.28 PFCUThe PFCU is the fan control unit. It is installed in the front of a fan box. Each fan box must beconfigured with one PFCU.
9.28.1 Functions of the PFCUThe PFCU is used to monitor the fan box.
9.28.2 DIP Switch on the PFCUThere is a DIP switch labeled SW1 on the PFCU.
9.28.1 Functions of the PFCUThe PFCU is used to monitor the fan box.
The PFCU performs the following functions:
l Monitors the operating status of the fans and indicates the current status of the fan boxthrough the LEDs
l Communicates with the GSCU and reports the working status of the fan boxl Detects the temperature of the fan box and collects temperature data through a temperature
sensorl Provides Pulse-Width Modulation (PWM) control signals for fan speed adjustmentl Reports the operating status and alarms of the fan box through the LEDs
9.28.2 DIP Switch on the PFCUThere is a DIP switch labeled SW1 on the PFCU.
Figure 9-36 shows the DIP switch on the PFCU.
9 BSC BoardsHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
9-102 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
Figure 9-36 DIP switch on the PFCU
1 4 ONOFFSW1
SW1 (with four bits) is used to set the address of the PFCU.
To set the address of the PFCU, pull out the fan box, and then set SW1 by referring to Table9-75.
For how to pull out the fan box, refer to Replacing the BSC Fan Box. After the setting, theaddress of the PFCU is 1.
Table 9-75 Settings of S1
Address DIP Bit Switch Status Meaning
SW1 1 (the least significantbit)
OFF 1
2 ON 0
3 ON 0
4 (the most significantbit)
ON 0
NOTE
In the BSC, the DIP switch on the PFCU must be set according to the specifications listed in Table 9-75.
9.29 PFCBThe PFCB is the fan control board. It is installed in the front of a fan box. Each fan box must beconfigured with one PFCB.
9.29.1 Functions of the PFCBThe PFCB is used to monitor the fan box.
9.29.2 Jumper Pins on the PFCBThe PFCB provides eight pairs of pins for jumpers. After being connected to jumpers, these pinsare used to set the address and working mode of the PFCB .
9.29.1 Functions of the PFCBThe PFCB is used to monitor the fan box.
The PFCB performs the following functions:
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-103
l Monitors the operating status of the fans and indicates the current status of the fan boxthrough the LEDs
l Reports the operating status of the fan box and receives the instructions on adjusting thefan speed
l Adjusts the fan speed intelligently according to the temperature data collected by thetemperature sensor
l Provides Pulse-Width Modulation (PWM) control signals for fan speed adjustment
l Reports the operating status and alarms of the fan box through the LEDs
9.29.2 Jumper Pins on the PFCBThe PFCB provides eight pairs of pins for jumpers. After being connected to jumpers, these pinsare used to set the address and working mode of the PFCB .
Figure 9-37 shows the jumper pins on the PFCB .
Figure 9-37 Jumper pins on the PFCB
J2
12
1516
J3
To set the address, pull out the fan box. Then, set the jumper pins as described in Table 9-76.
For how to pull out the fan box, refer to Replacing the BSC Fan Box. After the setting, theaddress of the PFCB is 1.
Table 9-76 Setting of the pins
PIN NO. 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 9-10 11-12 13-14 15-16
Whetherthe jumperis inserted
N N N N Y N N N
NOTE
In the BSC, the pins on the PFCB must be set according to the specifications listed in Table 9-76.
9 BSC BoardsHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
9-104 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
9.30 WOPBThe WOPB is the overvoltage protection board in the BSC. It is placed in the power distributionbox. Each Common power distribution box should be configured with one WOPB.
9.30.1 Functions of the WOPBThis describes the functions of the WOPB. The WOPB provides overvoltage protection for theBSC.
9.30.1 Functions of the WOPBThis describes the functions of the WOPB. The WOPB provides overvoltage protection for theBSC.
The WOPB performs the following functions:
l Suppresses differential-mode surge voltagel Suppresses common-mode surge voltage
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-105
10 BSC Cables
About This Chapter
This describes the cables of the BSC.
NOTEFor details on how to install the BSC cables, refer to Installing the BSC Signal Cables andInstalling thePower Cables and PGND Cables of the BSC.
Table 10-1 lists the cables used by the BSC.
Table 10-1 List of BSC cables
Type Cable Name
Power cables and PGNDcables
Power cables and PGND cables for the cabinet
Power cables and PGND cables for the subrack
Other PGND cables
E1/T1 cable Active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable
Active/standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable
Service interconnectioncable
Inter-GTNU cable
Optical cable LC/PC-LC/PC-single-mode/multi-mode optical cable
LC/PC-FC/PC-single-mode/multi-mode optical cable
LC/PC-SC/PC-single-mode/multi-mode optical cable
Ethernet cable Straight-through Ethernet cable
Crossover cable
Clock cables BITS clock signal cable
Y-shaped clock cable
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 10 BSC Cables
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
10-1
Type Cable Name
Other signal cables Signal cable of the alarm box
PDB monitoring signal cable
RS485 communication cable
GOMU serial port cable
10.1 Active/Standby 75-Ohm Coaxial CableThe active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable is a type of E1/T1 cables. The number of active/standby75-ohm coaxial cables to be configured depends on site requirements. It transmits E1 signals. Itis used to connect the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT/GEHUB/GEPUG to the DDF or otherNEs.
10.2 Active/Standby 120-Ohm Twisted Pair CableThe active/standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable is a type of E1/T1 cable. The number of active/standby 120-ohm twisted pair cables to be configured depends on site requirements. It transmitsE1/T1 signals. It is used to connect the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT/GEHUB/GEPUG to theDDF or other NEs.
10.3 Inter-GTNU CableThe inter-GTNU cable is an optional signal cable. The number of inter-GTNU cables to beconfigured depends on site requirements. The inter-GTNU cable is used to connect the GTNUsin different subracks.
10.4 LC/PC-LC/PC Single-Mode/Multimode Optical CableThe LC/PC-LC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable is an optional cable in the BSC. Thenumber of LC/PC-LC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cables to be configured depends onactual requirements. This cable is used to connect the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT/GOGUA/GOGUB to the ODF or to other NEs. It can also be used to connect two GOIUTs. Ittransmits optical signals.
10.5 LC/PC-FC/PC Single-Mode/Multimode Optical CableThe LC/PC-FC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable is an optional cable in the BSC. Thenumber of LC/PC-FC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cables to be configured depends onactual requirements. This cable is used to connect the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT/GOGUA/GOGUB to the ODF or to other NEs. It transmits optical signals.
10.6 LC/PC-SC/PC Single-Mode/Multimode Optical CableThe LC/PC-SC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable is an optional cable in the BSC. Thenumber of LC/PC-SC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cables to be configured depends onactual requirements. This cable is used to connect the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT/GOGUA/GOGUB to the ODF or to other NEs. It transmits optical signals.
10.7 Crossover CableThe crossover cable is an optional Ethernet cable. The number of crossover cables to beconfigured depends on site requirements.
10.8 Straight-Through CableThe straight-through cable is a mandatory Ethernet cable for the BSC. The number of straight-through cables to be configured depends on actual requirements.
10.9 BITS Clock Signal Cable
10 BSC CablesHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
10-2 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
The BITS clock signal cable is an optional clock cable. The number of BITS clock cables to beconfigured depends on actual requirements. This cable is used to transmit BITS clock signals tothe GGCU in the GMPS. Based on the impedance, the BITS clock signal cable is classified into75-ohm coaxial clock cable and 120-ohm clock conversion cable.
10.10 Y-Shaped Clock CableThe Y-shaped clock cable is an optional clock cable. The number of Y-shaped clock cables tobe configured depends on actual requirements. This cable is used to transmit the 8 kHz clocksignals from the GGCU in the GMPS to the GSCU in the GEPS.
10.11 Signal cable of the alarm boxThe signal cable of the alarm box is a type of signal cables. It comes in multiple specifications.You can choose one based on actual requirements. The signal cable of the alarm box is used totransmit the alarm information of the system to the alarm box for audible and visual display.
10.12 PDB monitoring signal cableThe power distribution box (PDB) monitoring signal cable is used to transmit monitoring signalsfrom the PDB to the service subracks.
10.13 EMU RS485 communication cableThe RS485 communication cable is used for the communication between the BSC and the EMU.
10.14 GOMU serial port cableThe GOMU serial port cable is used to connect the GOMU to the local maintenance terminal.
10.15 BSC Power CableThe BSC power cables are classified into external power cables and internal power cables. Thepower cables are mandatory, which consist of -48 V power cables and RTN power cables.
10.16 BSC PGND cableThe BSC PGND cables consist of the PGND cable for the cabinet, inter-cabinet PGND cable,PGND cable for the power distribution box, PGND cable for the subracks, and PGND cable forthe cabinet door. All these cables are mandatory.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 10 BSC Cables
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
10-3
10.1 Active/Standby 75-Ohm Coaxial CableThe active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable is a type of E1/T1 cables. The number of active/standby75-ohm coaxial cables to be configured depends on site requirements. It transmits E1 signals. Itis used to connect the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT/GEHUB/GEPUG to the DDF or otherNEs.
Cable StructureThe active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable has 2x8 wires. That is, two active/standby 75-ohmcoaxial cables form one group and each cable contains eight micro coaxial cables. The 16 microcoaxial cables bear eight E1 RX and TX links.
Figure 10-1 shows the active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable.
Figure 10-1 Active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable
Pos.44
Pos.1
1
A
X1 W3
W1
W2
W4
4
X2
B13
2
Pos.44
Pos.1
A
5
3
5
(1) DB44 connector (2) Shell (metal shell of the DB44 connector)
(3) Label 1 (identifying one coaxial cable) (4) Main label (identifying the BOM code, version, and informationabout the cable manufacturer)
(5) Label 2 (identifying one coaxial cable)
As shown in Figure 10-1, W3 and W4 are 75-ohm coaxial cables; W1 and W2 are 100-ohmtwisted pair cables; X1 and X2 are DB44 connectors, which should be connected to the active/standby GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT/GEHUB/GEPUG.
Table 10-2 describes the mapping between the active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable and the pinsof the DB44 connector.
10 BSC CablesHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
10-4 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
Table 10-2 Mapping between the micro coaxial cables and the pins of the DB44 connector
X1 W3 Remarks
X1 W4 Remarks
Pin ofDB44Connector
Signal MicroCoaxialCable
Pin ofDB44Connector
Signal MicroCoaxialCable
38 Ring 1 R1 15 Ring 1 T1
23 Tip 30 Tip
37 Ring 2 R2 14 Ring 2 T2
22 Tip 29 Tip
36 Ring 3 R3 13 Ring 3 T3
21 Tip 28 Tip
35 Ring 4 R4 12 Ring 4 T4
20 Tip 27 Tip
34 Ring 5 R5 11 Ring 5 T5
19 Tip 26 Tip
33 Ring 6 R6 10 Ring 6 T6
18 Tip 25 Tip
32 Ring 7 R7 9 Ring 7 T7
17 Tip 24 Tip
31 Ring 8 R8 8 Ring 8 T8
16 Tip 7 Tip
Shell Outer Braid of Whole Cable Shell Outer Braid of Whole Cable
NOTE
As listed in Table 10-2, T1 indicates the first-route TX link, and R1 indicates the first-route RX link.Similarly, RN indicates the Nth-route RX link, and TN indicates the Nth-route TX link.
Table 10-3 describes the signals of the micro coaxial cables listed in Table 10-2.
Table 10-3 Mapping between the signals and the bearing media
Signal Label Bearing Media
Ring Shielding layer of the coaxial cable
Tip Wire of the coaxial cable
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 10 BSC Cables
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
10-5
Table 10-4 describes the mapping between the 100-ohm twisted pair cables (W1 and W2) andthe pins of the DB44 connector.
Table 10-4 Mapping between the twisted pair cables and the pins of the DB44 connector
W2 W1
Pin of X1Connector
Pin of X2Connector
Remarks Pin of X1Connector
Pin of X2Connector
Remarks
38 38 PAIR 15 15 PAIR
23 23 30 30
37 37 PAIR 14 14 PAIR
22 22 29 29
36 36 PAIR 13 13 PAIR
21 21 28 28
35 35 PAIR 12 12 PAIR
20 20 27 27
34 34 PAIR 11 11 PAIR
19 19 26 26
33 33 PAIR 10 10 PAIR
18 18 25 25
32 32 PAIR 9 9 PAIR
17 17 24 24
31 31 PAIR 8 8 PAIR
16 16 7 7
Shell Shell Braid Shell Shell Braid
NOTE
As listed in Table 10-4, PAIR indicates a pair of twisted pair cables, and Braid indicates the outer shieldinglayer of the twisted pair cable.
Installation PositionThe two DB44 connectors at one end of the active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable are fixed tothe active and standby boards (GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT/GEHUB/GEPUG. The otherend of the 75-ohm active/standby coaxial cable is connected to the DDF, and then to other NEsthrough a transmission device. Alternatively, the other end of the 75-ohm active/standby coaxialcable is directly connected to an NE.
Figure 10-2 shows the installation position of the active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable.
10 BSC CablesHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
10-6 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
Figure 10-2 Installation position of the active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable
DDF75-ohm coaxial cable(active/standby)
EIUa
PARC
E1/T
1(0~
7)E1
/T1(
16~2
3)E1
/T1(
24~3
1)E1
/T1(
8~15
)
EIUa
PARC
E1/T
1(0~
7)E1
/T1(
16~2
3)E1
/T1(
24~3
1)E1
/T1(
8~15
)
DB44connector
DB44connector
Active Standby
10.2 Active/Standby 120-Ohm Twisted Pair CableThe active/standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable is a type of E1/T1 cable. The number of active/standby 120-ohm twisted pair cables to be configured depends on site requirements. It transmitsE1/T1 signals. It is used to connect the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT/GEHUB/GEPUG to theDDF or other NEs.
Cable StructureFigure 10-3 shows the active/standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 10 BSC Cables
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
10-7
Figure 10-3 Active/standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable
Pos.44
Pos.1
1
A
X1 W3
W1
W2
W4
4
X2
B
13
2
Pos.44
Pos.1
A
5
3
5
B
(1) DB44 connector (2) Shell (metal shell of the DB44 connector)
(3) Label 1 (identifying one twisted pair cable) (4) Main label (identifying the BOM code, version, andmanufacturer information about the cable)
(5) Label 2 (identifying one twisted pair cable)
As shown in Figure 10-3, W3 and W4 are 120-ohm twisted pair cables; W1 and W2 are 100-ohm twisted pair cables; X1 and X2 are DB44 connectors, which should be connected to theactive and standby boards.
Table 10-5 describes the mapping between the active/standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable andthe pins of the DB44 connector.
Table 10-5 Mapping between the 120-ohm twisted pair cables and the pins of the DB44connector
X1 W3 Color X1 W4 Color
Pin ofDB44Connector
Signal Identifier ofTwisted PairWire
Pin ofDB44Connector
Signal Identifier ofTwisted PairWire
38 Ring/R- R1 Blue 15 Ring/R- T1 Blue
23 Tip/R+ White 30 Tip/R+ White
37 Ring/R- R2 Orange 14 Ring/R- T2 Orange
22 Tip/R+ White 29 Tip/R+ White
36 Ring/R- R3 Green 13 Ring/R- T3 Green
21 Tip/R+ White 28 Tip/R+ White
35 Ring/R- R4 Brown 12 Ring/R- T4 Brown
20 Tip/R+ White 27 Tip/R+ White
10 BSC CablesHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
10-8 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
X1 W3 Color X1 W4 Color
Pin ofDB44Connector
Signal Identifier ofTwisted PairWire
Pin ofDB44Connector
Signal Identifier ofTwisted PairWire
34 Ring/T- R5 Gray 11 Ring/T- T5 Gray
19 Tip/T+ White 26 Tip/T+ White
33 Ring/T- R6 Blue 10 Ring/T- T6 Blue
18 Tip/T+ Red 25 Tip/T+ Red
32 Ring/T- R7 Orange 9 Ring/T- T7 Orange
17 Tip/T+ Red 24 Tip/T+ Red
31 Ring/T- R8 Green 8 Ring/T- T8 Green
16 Tip/T+ Red 7 Tip/T+ Red
Shell Outer Braid of Whole Cable Shell Outer Braid of Whole Cable
NOTE
In Table 10-5, either R- and R+ or T- and T+ stand for a pair of transmission and reception signals.
Table 10-6 describes the signals listed in Table 10-5.
Table 10-6 Pins at both ends of the twisted pair cable
Signal Label Bearing Media
Ring/R- One wire of a twisted pair transmitting E1/T1 signals to the BSC
Tip/R+ One wire of a twisted pair transmitting E1/T1 signals to the BSC
Ring/T- One wire of a twisted pair transmitting E1/T1 signals from theBSC
Tip/T+ One wire of a twisted pair transmitting E1/T1 signals from theBSC
Table 10-7 describes the mapping between the 100-ohm twisted pair cables (W1 and W2) andthe pins of the DB44 connector.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 10 BSC Cables
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
10-9
Table 10-7 Mapping between the twisted pair cables and the pins of the DB44 connector
Twisted Pair Cable W2 Remarks Twisted Pair Cable W1 Remarks
Pin of X1Connector
Pin of X2Connector
Pin of X1Connector
Pin of X2Connector
38 38 PAIR 15 15 PAIR
23 23 30 30
37 37 PAIR 14 14 PAIR
22 22 29 29
36 36 PAIR 13 13 PAIR
21 21 28 28
35 35 PAIR 12 12 PAIR
20 20 27 27
34 34 PAIR 11 11 PAIR
19 19 26 26
33 33 PAIR 10 10 PAIR
18 18 25 25
32 32 PAIR 9 9 PAIR
17 17 24 24
31 31 PAIR 8 8 PAIR
16 16 7 7
Shell Shell Braid Shell Shell Braid
NOTE
As listed in Table 10-7, PAIR indicates a pair of twisted pair cables, and Braid indicates the outer shieldinglayer of the twisted pair cable.
Installation PositionThe two DB44 connectors at one end of the active/standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable are fixedto the active and standby boards (GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT/GEHUB/GEPUG). The otherend of the active/standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable is connected to the DDF, and then to otherNEs through a transmission device. Alternatively, the other end of the active/standby 120-ohmtwisted pair cable is directly connected to an NE.
Figure 10-4 shows the installation position of the active/standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable.
10 BSC CablesHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
10-10 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
Figure 10-4 Installation position of the active/standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable
120-ohm twisted paircable (active/standby)
DDF
EIUa
PARC
E1/T
1(0~
7)E1
/T1(
16~2
3)E1
/T1(
24~3
1)E1
/T1(
8~15
)
EIUa
PARC
E1/T
1(0~
7)E1
/T1(
16~2
3)E1
/T1(
24~3
1)E1
/T1(
8~15
)
DB44connector
DB44connector
10.3 Inter-GTNU CableThe inter-GTNU cable is an optional signal cable. The number of inter-GTNU cables to beconfigured depends on site requirements. The inter-GTNU cable is used to connect the GTNUsin different subracks.
AppearanceFigure 10-5 shows the inter-GTNU cable.
Figure 10-5 Inter-GTNU cable
(1) DB14 (2) Label (identifying a group of twisted pair cables)(3) Main label (identifying the BOM code, version, andinformation about the cable manufacturer)
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 10 BSC Cables
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
10-11
Installation PositionThe two DB14 connectors at one end of the cable are fixed to the active and standby GTNUs inone subrack. The two DB14 connectors at the other end of the cable are fixed to the active andstandby GTNUs in another subrack.
Figure 10-6 shows the installation position of the inter-GTNU cable.
Figure 10-6 Installation position of the inter-GTNU cable
TNUa
PARC
TNM
5TN
M4
TNM
0TN
M1
TNM
2TN
M3
TNUa
PARC
TNM
5TN
M4
TNM
0TN
M1
TNM
2TN
M3
Standby
TNUa
PARC
TNM
5TN
M4
TNM
0TN
M1
TNM
2TN
M3
TNUa
PARC
TNM
5TN
M4
TNM
0TN
M1
TNM
2TN
M3
Active
A subrack B subrack
Inter-GTNU cable
DB14connectors
DB14connectors
Active Standby
10.4 LC/PC-LC/PC Single-Mode/Multimode Optical CableThe LC/PC-LC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable is an optional cable in the BSC. Thenumber of LC/PC-LC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cables to be configured depends onactual requirements. This cable is used to connect the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT/
10 BSC CablesHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
10-12 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
GOGUA/GOGUB to the ODF or to other NEs. It can also be used to connect two GOIUTs. Ittransmits optical signals.
NOTE
l One end of the optical cable connected to the board on the BSC side uses an LC/PC optical connector.The other end of the optical cable can use an LC/PC, FC/PC, or SC/PC connector as required.
l In practice, two optical cables form one pair. Both ends of each cable in the pair should be attachedwith temporary labels. If one end of the cable is connected to the TX port, the other end should beconnected to the RX port, and vice versa.
l The TX and RX ends of each optical cable must be connected correctly. Otherwise, signal transmissionmay fail.
CAUTIONTo prevent signal attenuation and optical return loss as well as to improve transmission quality,you should not use single-mode optical cables and multimode optical cables together to connecttelecommunications equipment.
AppearanceFigure 10-7 shows the LC/PC-LC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable.
Figure 10-7 LC/PC-LC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable
LC/PC optical connectorLC/PC optical connector
Installation PositionOne end of the optical cable is connected to the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT/GOGUA/GOGUB. The other end of the optical cable is connected to the ODF, and is then connected toother NEs through a transmission device, or is directly connected to an NE. This cable can alsobe used to connect two GOIUTs.
Figure 10-8 shows the installation position of the LC/PC-LC/PC single-mode/multimode opticalcable.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 10 BSC Cables
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
10-13
Figure 10-8 Installation position of the LC/PC-LC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable
LC/PC optical connector LC/PC optical connector
GOIUa
PARC
TEST
OU
T2M
02M
1
RX
LOS
TXODF
10.5 LC/PC-FC/PC Single-Mode/Multimode Optical CableThe LC/PC-FC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable is an optional cable in the BSC. Thenumber of LC/PC-FC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cables to be configured depends onactual requirements. This cable is used to connect the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT/GOGUA/GOGUB to the ODF or to other NEs. It transmits optical signals.
NOTE
l One end of the optical cable connected to the board on the BSC side uses an LC/PC optical connector.The other end of the optical cable can use an LC/PC, FC/PC, or SC/PC connector as required.
l In practice, two optical cables form one pair. Both ends of each cable in the pair should be attachedwith temporary labels. If one end of the cable is connected to the TX port, the other end should beconnected to the RX port, and vice versa.
l The TX and RX ends of each optical cable must be connected correctly. Otherwise, signal transmissionmay fail.
10 BSC CablesHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
10-14 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
CAUTIONTo prevent signal attenuation and optical return loss as well as to improve transmission quality,you should not use single-mode optical cables and multimode optical cables together to connecttelecommunications equipment.
AppearanceFigure 10-9 shows the LC/PC-FC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable.
Figure 10-9 LC/PC-FC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable
LC/PC optical connector FC/PC optical connector
Installation PositionOne end of the optical cable with an LC/PC connector is fixed to the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT/GOGUA/GOGUB. The other end of the optical cable with an FC/PC connector is fixedto the ODF, and is then linked to other NEs through a transmission device, or is directly linkedto an NE.
Figure 10-10 shows the installation position of the LC/PC-FC/PC single-mode/multimodeoptical cable.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 10 BSC Cables
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
10-15
Figure 10-10 Installation position of the LC/PC-FC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable
LC/PC optical connector FC/PC optical connector
OIUa
PARC
RUNALMACT
TEST
OU
T2M
02M
1
RX
LOS
TX ODF
10.6 LC/PC-SC/PC Single-Mode/Multimode Optical CableThe LC/PC-SC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable is an optional cable in the BSC. Thenumber of LC/PC-SC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cables to be configured depends onactual requirements. This cable is used to connect the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT/GOGUA/GOGUB to the ODF or to other NEs. It transmits optical signals.
NOTE
l One end of the optical cable connected to the board on the BSC side uses an LC/PC optical connector.The other end of the optical cable can use an LC/PC, FC/PC, or SC/PC connector as required.
l In practice, two optical cables form one pair. Both ends of each cable in the pair should be attachedwith temporary labels. If one end of the cable is connected to the TX port, the other end should beconnected to the RX port, and vice versa.
l The TX and RX ends of each optical cable must be connected correctly. Otherwise, signal transmissionmay fail.
10 BSC CablesHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
10-16 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
CAUTIONTo prevent signal attenuation and optical return loss as well as to improve transmission quality,you should not use single-mode optical cables and multimode optical cables together to connecttelecommunications equipment.
AppearanceFigure 10-11 shows the LC/PC-SC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable.
Figure 10-11 LC/PC-SC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable
LC/PC optical connector SC/PC optical connector
Installation PositionOne end of the optical cable with an LC/PC connector is fixed to the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT/GOGUA/GOGUB. The other end of the optical cable with an SC/PC connector is fixedto the ODF, and is then linked to other NEs through a transmission device, or is directly linkedto an NE.
Figure 10-12 shows the installation position of the LC/PC-SC/PC single-mode/multimodeoptical cable.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 10 BSC Cables
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
10-17
Figure 10-12 Installation position of the LC/PC-SC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable
LC/PC optical connector SC/PC optical connector
OIUa
PARC
RUNALMACT
TEST
OU
T2M
02M
1
RX
LOS
TX ODF
10.7 Crossover CableThe crossover cable is an optional Ethernet cable. The number of crossover cables to beconfigured depends on site requirements.
AppearanceFigure 10-13 shows the crossover cable.
10 BSC CablesHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
10-18 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
Figure 10-13 Crossover cable
B
8
1
X1 X2
B
Pin AssignmentTable 10-8 describes the pins at both ends of the crossover cable.
Table 10-8 Pins at both ends of the crossover cable
X1 End Wire Color X2 End Wire Color
X1-1 White and orange X2-1 White and green
X1-2 Orange X2-2 Green
X1-3 White and green X2-3 White and orange
X1-4 Blue X2-4 Blue
X1-5 White and blue X2-5 White and blue
X1-6 Green X2-6 Orange
X1-7 White and brown X2-7 White and brown
X1-8 Brown X2-8 Brown
10.8 Straight-Through CableThe straight-through cable is a mandatory Ethernet cable for the BSC. The number of straight-through cables to be configured depends on actual requirements.
When the BSC is configured with the GBAM, the straight-through cable is used to connect:l The GSCU to the GBAMl The GBAM to the LAN switchl The LAN switch to the M2000 (LAN)l The LAN switch to the LMT computer of the BSCl The LAN switch to the CBC
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 10 BSC Cables
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
10-19
When the BSC is configured with the GOMU, the straight-through cable is used to connect:
l Connect the GSCUs in different subracks
l The GOMU to the LAN of the customer
l The GXPUM to the CBC
Appearance
Figure 10-14 shows the straight-through cable.
Figure 10-14 Straight-through cable
B
8
1
X1 X2
B
Pin Assignment
Table 10-9 describes the pins at both ends of the straight-through cable.
Table 10-9 Pins at both ends of the straight-through cable
X1 End Wire Color X2 End Wire Color
X1-1 White and orange X2-1 White and orange
X1-2 Orange X2-2 Orange
X1-3 White and green X2-3 White and green
X1-4 Blue X2-4 Blue
X1-5 White and blue X2-5 White and blue
X1-6 Green X2-6 Green
X1-7 White and brown X2-7 White and brown
X1-8 Brown X2-8 Brown
10 BSC CablesHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
10-20 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
Installation Position (Configuration Type A)l When straight-through cables are used to connect the active and standby GSCUs in the
GMPS to the GBAM, one end of one straight-through cable is connected to the activeGSCU, and the other end of the cable is connected to one internal Ethernet port on theGBAM. (Both ends of each straight-through cable are RJ45 connectors.) One end of theother straight-through cable is connected to the standby GSCU, and the other end of thecable is connected to the other internal Ethernet port on the GBAM. Figure 10-15 showsthe installation position of the straight-through cable.
Figure 10-15 Connections between the GSCUs and the GBAM
RESET
GSCU
CO
M
0
ACTLINK
ACTLINK
ACTLINK
21
3
4567
891011
RESET
GSCU
CO
M
0
ACTLINK
ACTLINK
ACTLINK
21
3
4567
891011
Active Standby
+
-+-
GMPS
Straight-through cable
Straight-through cable
l When the straight-through cable is used to connect the GBAM to the LAN switch, one end
of the cable is connected to port 2 on the LAN switch, and the other end of the cable isconnected to an external Ethernet port on the GBAM. Figure 10-16 shows the installationposition of the straight-through cable.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 10 BSC Cables
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
10-21
Figure 10-16 Connection between the GBAM and the LAN switch
Straight-through cable
Port 2
l When the straight-through cable is used to connect the LAN switch to the M2000 (LAN),
one end of the cable is connected to port 24 on the LAN switch, and the other end of thecable is connected to the M2000 (LAN). Figure 10-17 shows the installation position ofthe straight-through cable.
Figure 10-17 Connection between the LAN switch and the M2000 (LAN)
QuidwayS3500 Series
LAN switch
M2000 Straight-through cable
Port 24
l When the straight-through cable is used to connect the LAN switch to the BSC LMT
computer, one end of the cable is connected to port 22 on the LAN switch, and the otherend of the cable is connected to the BSC LMT computer. Figure 10-18 shows theinstallation position of the straight-through cable.
10 BSC CablesHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
10-22 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
Figure 10-18 Connection between the LAN switch and the BSC LMT computer
Straight-through cable
QuidwayS3500 Series
LAN switch
LMT
Port 22
l When the straight-through cable is used to connect the LAN switch to the CBC, one end
of the cable is connected to port 20 on the LAN switch, and the other end of the cable isconnected to the corresponding Ethernet port of the CBC. Figure 10-19 shows theinstallation position of the straight-through cable.
Figure 10-19 Connection between the LAN switch and the CBC
QuidwayS3500 Series
LAN switch
CBC Straight-through cable
Port 20
Installation Position (Configuration Type B)l The Straight-through cable is used to connect the GSCUs in different subracks.
Figure 10-20 shows the installation position of the Straight-through cable.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 10 BSC Cables
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
10-23
Figure 10-20 Installation position of the Straight-through cable between the GSCUs
GSCU
PARC
RUNALMACT
CO
M
TESTOUT
CLK
I N
ACTLINK
10/1
00/1
000B
ASE
-T
RESET
ACTLINK
8
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
11
10
ACTLINK
GSCU
PARC
RUNALMACT
CO
M
TESTOUT
CLK
IN
ACTLINK
10/1
0 0/1
000B
AS E
-T
RESET
ACTLINK
8
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
11
10
ACTLINK
A subrack B subrack
GSCU
PARC
RUNALMACT
CO
M
TESTOUT
CLK
INACTLINK
10/1
00/1
000B
AS
E-T
RESET
ACTLINK
8
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
11
10
ACTLINK
GSCU
PARC
RUNALMACT
CO
M
TESTOUT
CLK
IN
ACTLINK
10/1
00/1
0 00B
ASE
-T
RESET
ACTLINK
8
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
11
10
ACTLINK
Active Active StandbyStandby
BSC Straight-through cable
l When the straight-through cable is used to connect the GOMU to the LAN of the customer,
one end of the cable is connected to port 0 or port 1 on the GOMU, and the other end ofthe cable is connected to the Ethernet port of the LAN of the customer. Figure 10-21 showsthe installation position of the straight-through cable.
10 BSC CablesHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
10-24 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
Figure 10-21 Connection between the GOMU and the LAN of the customer
Office LANOMUbPOMU
NOTE
The number of Ethernet cables used to connect the active and standby GOMUs to the LAN of thecustomer can be two or four, depending on the customer's requirement.
l When the straight-through cable is used to connect the GXPUM to the CBC, one end ofthe cable is connected to the Ethernet port on the GXPUM panel, and the other end of thecable is connected to an Ethernet port of the CBC. Figure 10-22 shows the installationposition of the straight-through cable.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 10 BSC Cables
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
10-25
Figure 10-22 Connection between the GXPUM and the CBC
XPUa
PARC
RUNALM
ACT10
/100
/100
0BA
SE
-T
ACTLINK
0
1
2
3
CBC
10.9 BITS Clock Signal CableThe BITS clock signal cable is an optional clock cable. The number of BITS clock cables to beconfigured depends on actual requirements. This cable is used to transmit BITS clock signals tothe GGCU in the GMPS. Based on the impedance, the BITS clock signal cable is classified into75-ohm coaxial clock cable and 120-ohm clock conversion cable.
10 BSC CablesHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
10-26 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
AppearanceFigure 10-23 shows the 75-ohm coaxial clock cable.
Figure 10-23 75-ohm coaxial clock cable
1 2
(1) SMB connector (2) Label
Figure 10-24 shows the 120-ohm clock conversion cable.
Figure 10-24 120-ohm clock conversion cable
1 2 2
(1) SMB connector (2) Label
NOTE
There are two SMB connectors at one end of the 120-ohm clock conversion cable. Only one SMB connectoris used. The other SMB connector is bound on the wire bushing with a cable tie. Pay attention to theconnection when using the 120-ohm clock conversion cable.
Installation PositionOne end of the BITS clock signal cable is connected to the CLKIN0 or CLKIN1 port on theGGCU panel, and the other end is connected to the BITS clock port.
Figure 10-25 shows the installation position of the BITS clock signal cable.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 10 BSC Cables
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
10-27
Figure 10-25 Installation position of the BITS clock signal cable
BITSclock
BITSclock
Active Standby
GCUa
PARC
RUNALMACT
8
9
CO
M0
CO
M1
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
CLK
OU
T
TEST
INTE
STO
UT
CLK
LIN
1C
LKLI
N0
GCUa
PARC
RUNALMACT
8
9
CO
M0
CO
M1
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
CLK
OU
T
TEST
INTE
STO
UT
CLK
LIN
1C
LKLI
N0
10.10 Y-Shaped Clock CableThe Y-shaped clock cable is an optional clock cable. The number of Y-shaped clock cables tobe configured depends on actual requirements. This cable is used to transmit the 8 kHz clocksignals from the GGCU in the GMPS to the GSCU in the GEPS.
NOTE
You need not use the Y-shaped clock cable if the GEPS is not configured in the BSC.
AppearanceFigure 10-26 shows the Y-shaped clock cable.
10 BSC CablesHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
10-28 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
Figure 10-26 Y-shaped clock cable
1 12
18
18
18
W2
W3
X2
X3
W1X1
(1) Label (identifying a group of twisted pair cables) (2) RJ45 connector
Installation PositionOne end of the Y-shaped clock cable with an RJ45 connector is fixed to the GSCU in the GEPS.The other end with two RJ45 connectors is fixed to the active and standby GGCUs in the GMPS.
Figure 10-27 shows the installation position of the Y-shaped clock cable.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 10 BSC Cables
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
10-29
Figure 10-27 Installation position of the Y-shaped clock cable
GEPS
GCUa
PARC
RUNALMACT
8
9
CO
M 0C
OM 1
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
CLK
OU
TTE
STI
NTE
STO
UT
CLK
LIN
1C
LKLI
N0
GCUa
PARC
RUNALMACT
8
9
CO
M 0C
OM 1
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
CLK
OU
TTE
STI
NTE
STO
UT
CLK
LIN
1C
LKLI
N0
SCUa
PARC
RUNALM
ACT
CO
M
TESTOUT
CLK
IN
ACTLINK
10/1
00/1
000B
AS
E-T
RESET
ACTLINK
8
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
11
10
ACTLINK
GMPS
Active Standby
SCUa
PARC
RUNALM
ACT
CO
M
TESTOUT
CLK
IN
ACTLINK
10/1
00/1
000B
AS
E-T
RESET
ACTLINK
8
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
11
10
ACTLINK
Active Standby
Y-shapedclock cable
Y-shapedclock cable
10.11 Signal cable of the alarm boxThe signal cable of the alarm box is a type of signal cables. It comes in multiple specifications.You can choose one based on actual requirements. The signal cable of the alarm box is used totransmit the alarm information of the system to the alarm box for audible and visual display.
10 BSC CablesHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
10-30 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
AppearanceOne end of the signal cable is an RJ45 connector, and the other end is a DB9 or DB25 connector.Use the DB9 or DB25 connector in accordance with the site survey report. The followingdescription takes the alarm box signal cable with a DB9 connector as an example.
Figure 10-28 shows the alarm box signal cable.
Figure 10-28 Alarm box signal cable
A
A8
1
5C
16
9C
DB9 connectorRJ45 crystal connector
Pin AssignmentTable 10-10 describes the pins of the alarm box signal cable.
Table 10-10 Pins of the alarm box signal cable
RJ45 DB9
3 5
5 2
6 3
Installation PositionOne end of the signal cable with an RJ45 connector is fixed to the input serial port of the alarmbox. The other end of the signal cable with a DB9 or DB25 connector is fixed to the serial porton the LMT.
Figure 10-29 shows the installation position of the signal cable of the alarm box.
Figure 10-29 Installation position of the signal cable of the alarm box
Serial port
LMT
Alarm box
Alarm inputserial port
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 10 BSC Cables
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
10-31
10.12 PDB monitoring signal cableThe power distribution box (PDB) monitoring signal cable is used to transmit monitoring signalsfrom the PDB to the service subracks.
AppearanceFigure 10-30 shows the PDB monitoring signal cable.
Figure 10-30 PDB monitoring signal cable
Pos.9
APos.1
B
Pos.15X2X1
WA B
Label
Pos.1
SHELL SHELL
The PDB monitoring signal cable uses a DB9 connector at one end and a DB15 connector at theother end.
Table 10-11 describes the pins of the PDB monitoring signal cable.
Table 10-11 Pins of the PDB monitoring signal cable
Start Point End Point Meaning Remarks
X1.1 X2.3 Tx+ Twisted pair
X1.2 X2.2 Tx-
X1.3 X2.7 Rx+ Twisted pair
X1.4 X2.6 Rx-
X1.5 X2.5 RTN -
X1.SHELL X2.SHELL - X1.SHELL isconnected toX2.SHELL throughthe shielding layer.
Table 10-12 describes the pins of the PDB monitoring signal cable.
10 BSC CablesHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
10-32 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
Table 10-12 Pins of the PDB monitoring signal cable
Signal Label Pin Assignment
Tx+ Positive phase signal transmitted
Tx- Negative phase signal transmitted
Rx+ Positive phase signal received
Rx- Negative phase signal received
Installation PositionOne end of the PDB monitoring signal cable with a DB15 connector is fixed to the servicesubrack port on the PDB. The other end of the PDB monitoring signal cable with a DB9 connectoris fixed to the MONITOR socket on the metal shielding board of the subrack that is located atthe bottom of the BSC cabinet.
Figure 10-31 shows the installation positions of the PDB monitoring signal cable.
Figure 10-31 Installation positions of the PDB monitoring signal cable
Powerdistribution box
Service subrack
MONITOR
Port connecting the power distribution box to a service subrack
……
PDB monitoringsignal cable
NOTE
When a cabinet is configured with multiple subracks, you should configure the subracks from bottom totop. Therefore, the PDB monitoring signal cable is always connected to the subrack at the bottom of thecabinet.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 10 BSC Cables
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
10-33
10.13 EMU RS485 communication cableThe RS485 communication cable is used for the communication between the BSC and the EMU.
AppearanceFigure 10-32 shows the RS485 communication cable.
Figure 10-32 RS485 communication cable
A
A8
1
5C
16
9C
DB9 connectorRJ45 crystal connector
Pin AssignmentTable 10-13 lists the pins of the RS485 communication cable.
Table 10-13 Pins of the RS485 communication cable
RJ45 DB9
4 2
1 3
5 6
2 7
Installation PositionOne end of the RS485 communication cable with a DB9 male connector is fixed to the DB9socket on the environment monitoring device. The other end of the RS485 communication cablewith an RJ45 connector is connected to the COM1 port on the BSC common power distributionbox or to the J1 port on the BSC high-power distribution box. as shown inFigure 10-33
10 BSC CablesHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
10-34 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
Figure 10-33 Connecting the cable between the EMU and the power distribution box of thecabinet
B A
Power distribution box
Back
The bottom of EMU-2A
The bottom of EMU-2A
NOTE
l The EMU inherits all the functions of the EAC. Compared with the EAC, the EMU has a differenthardware structure.
l One environment monitoring instrument is delivered with one RS485 signal cable (10 m) and oneRS232 signal cable (2 m). Choose one of the signal cables based on actual needs. RS485 is usuallypreferred. Use the Ethernet cable as a substitute if the delivered signal cable is not long enough.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 10 BSC Cables
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
10-35
10.14 GOMU serial port cableThe GOMU serial port cable is used to connect the GOMU to the local maintenance terminal.
AppearanceFigure 10-34 shows the GOMU serial port cable.
Figure 10-34 GOMU serial port cable
X1
1 2
X2
B
BA
W
A
Pos.1
Pos.9
Pos.1
Pos.9
Pin AssignmentBoth ends of the GOMU serial port cable should use DB9 female connectors. Table 10-14 liststhe pins of the GOMU serial port cable.
Table 10-14 Pins of the GOMU serial port cable
DB9 DB9
2 3
3 2
5 5
Installation PositionOne end of the GOMU serial port cable is connected to the COM serial port on the GOMU. Theother end of the GOMU serial port cable is connected to the serial port on the local maintenanceterminal.
10.15 BSC Power CableThe BSC power cables are classified into external power cables and internal power cables. Thepower cables are mandatory, which consist of -48 V power cables and RTN power cables.
The BSC external power cables need to be installed on site. They are used to lead the powerfrom the power distribution frame (PDF) to the power distribution box in the BSC. The BSCinternal power cables are installed before delivery. They are used to lead the power from thepower distribution box to each board and module in the BSC.
10 BSC CablesHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
10-36 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
Connections of the Power Cables and PGND Cables (Common Power DistributionBox Configured)
Table 10-15 lists the BSC external power cables.
Table 10-15 List of the BSC external power cables
Name Color Cross-SectionalArea(Unit:mm2)
ConnectorType/InstallationPosition(PowerDistributionBox)
ConnectorType/InstallationPosition(PDF)
Quantity
External -48 Vpowercable
Blue 25/35 Cord endterminal/-48 Vinput of theBSC6000 cabinet
OTterminal/-48 Voutput of thePDF
2 per cabinet
External RTNpowercable
Black 25/35 Cord endterminal/-48 Vinput of theBSC6000 cabinet
OTterminal/-48 Voutput of thePDF
2 per cabinet
Table 10-16 lists the BSC internal power cables.
Table 10-16 List of the BSC internal power cables
Name Color Cross-SectionalArea(Unit:mm2)
ConnectorType/InstallationPosition(PowerDistributionBox)
ConnectorType/InstallationPosition(Subrack)
Quantity
Internal-48 Vpowercable
Blue 8 Cord endterminal/-48 Vinput terminal
OTterminal/-48 Voutputterminal
2 per subrack
InternalRTNpowercable
Black 8 Cord endterminal/-48 Vinput terminal
OTterminal/-48 Voutputterminal
2 per subrack
The BSC external power cable and the BSC internal power cable have the same appearance, asshown in Figure 10-35.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 10 BSC Cables
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
10-37
Figure 10-35 BSC external/internal power cable
X1 X2
X1:Cord end terminal X2:OT terminal
Connections of the Power Cables and PGND Cables (High-Power Distribution BoxConfigured)
Table 10-17 List of the BSC external power cables
Name Color Cross-SectionalArea(Unit:mm2)
ConnectorType/InstallationPosition(PowerDistributionBox)
ConnectorType/InstallationPosition(PDF)
Quantity
External -48 Vpowercable
Blue 25/35 OT terminal/-48V input of theBSC6000 cabinet
OTterminal/-48 Voutput of thePDF
2 per cabinet
External RTNpowercable
Black 25/35 OT terminal/-48V input of theBSC6000 cabinet
OTterminal/-48 Voutput of thePDF
2 per cabinet
Table 10-18 List of the BSC internal power cables
Name Color Cross-SectionalArea(Unit:mm2)
ConnectorType/InstallationPosition(PowerDistributionBox)
ConnectorType/InstallationPosition(Subrack)
Quantity
Internal-48 Vpowercable
Blue 8 OTterminal/-48 Vinput terminal
OTterminal/-48 Voutputterminal
2 per subrack
10 BSC CablesHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
10-38 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
Name Color Cross-SectionalArea(Unit:mm2)
ConnectorType/InstallationPosition(PowerDistributionBox)
ConnectorType/InstallationPosition(Subrack)
Quantity
InternalRTNpowercable
Black 8 OTterminal/-48 Vinput terminal
OTterminal/-48 Voutputterminal
2 per subrack
Figure 10-36 shows the BSC external power cable or the BSC internal power cable.
Figure 10-36 BSC external/internal power cable
10.16 BSC PGND cableThe BSC PGND cables consist of the PGND cable for the cabinet, inter-cabinet PGND cable,PGND cable for the power distribution box, PGND cable for the subracks, and PGND cable forthe cabinet door. All these cables are mandatory.
Each BSC cabinet must be configured with one PGND cable for the cabinet. For combinedcabinets, adjacent cabinets should be configured with three inter-cabinet PGND cables. All otherPGND cables are installed before delivery.
NOTE
The same types of PGND cables are used regardless of whether the BSC cabinet is configured with thecommon power distribution box or with the high-power distribution box.
Table 10-19 lists the BSC PGND cables.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 10 BSC Cables
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
10-39
Table 10-19 List of the BSC PGND cables
Name Color Cross-SectionalArea
(Unit: mm2)
Connector Type/InstallationPosition(OneEnd)
ConnectorType/InstallationPosition(Other End)
Quantity
PGNDcable forthe cabinet
Green andyellow
25/35 OTterminal/groundingbolt at therear of theBSCcabinettop
OT terminal/PGND outputterminal of thePDF
1 per cabinet
Inter-cabinetPGNDcable
Green andyellow
5 OTterminal/PGNDbusbar ofthe BSCcabinet
OT terminal/PGND busbar ofthe BSC cabinet
3 for twoadjacentcabinets
PGNDcable forthe powerdistribution box
Green andyellow
5 OTterminal/PGNDbusbar ofthe BSCcabinet
OT terminal/PGND port onthe PDB
1 per powerdistributionbox
PGNDcable forthe BSCsubrack
Green andyellow
5 OTterminal/PGNDbusbar ofthe BSCcabinet
OT terminal/PGND port of thesubrack
2 per subrack
PGNDcable forthe cabinetdoor
Green andyellow
5 OTterminal/groundingscrew onthe base ofthe BSCcabinet
OT terminal/grounding screwon the BSCcabinet door
8 per cabinet
Different types of BSC PGND cables have the same appearance. Figure 10-37 shows the BSCPGND cable.
10 BSC CablesHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
10-40 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
Figure 10-37 BSC PGND cable
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 10 BSC Cables
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
10-41
11 LEDs on BSC Parts
About This Chapter
This describes the LEDs on the power distribution box and the panels.
11.1 LEDs on the Front Panel of the BSC Common Power Distribution BoxThe LEDs on the front panel of the BSC common power distribution box are labeled RUN andALM.
11.2 LEDs on the Front Panel of the BSC High-Power Distribution BoxThe LEDs on the front panel of the BSC high-power distribution box are labeled RUN and ALM.
11.3 LEDs on the GDPUC(DPUa) PanelThe LEDs on the GDPUC panel are labeled RUN, ALM, and ACT respectively.
11.4 LEDs on the GDPUP(DPUd) PanelThe LEDs on the GDPUP panel are RUN, ALM, and ACT.
11.5 LEDs on the GDPUX(DPUc) PanelThe LEDs on the GDPUX panel are RUN, ALM, and ACT.
11.6 LEDs on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) PanelThe physical boards of the GEHUB and GEPUG are the same. After being loaded with differentsoftware, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same types ofLEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, and ACT.
11.7 LEDs on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)PanelThe physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After beingloaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boardshave the same types of LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, and ACT.
11.8 LEDs on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) PanelThe physical boards of the GFGUA, GFGUB, and GFGUG are the same. After being loadedwith different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have thesame types of LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, ACT, LINK (for Ethernet port), and ACT (forEthernet port).
11.9 LEDs on the GGCU PanelThere are three LEDs on the GGCU panel: RUN, ALM, and ACT.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 11 LEDs on BSC Parts
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
11-1
11.10 LEDs on the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) PanelThe physical boards of the GOGUA and GOGUB are the same. After being loaded with differentsoftware, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same types ofLEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, and ACT.
11.11 LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) PanelThe physical boards of the GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP and GOIUT are the same. After beingloaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. There are fourLEDs on the panel of each of these boards: RUN, ALM, ACT, and LOS.
11.12 LEDs on the GOMU PanelThere are five LEDs on the GOMU panel: RUN, ALM, ACT, OFFLINE, and HD.
11.13 LEDs on the GSCU PanelThere are four types of LEDs on the GSCU panel: the RUN, ALM, and ACT LEDs, and theLEDs of the Ethernet ports.
11.14 LEDs on the GTNU PanelThere are three LEDs on the GTNU panel: RUN, ALM, and ACT.
11.15 LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) PanelThere are four types of LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel: the RUN, ALM, and ACTLEDs, and the LEDs of the Ethernet ports.
11.16 LEDs on the MDMC PanelThere are two LEDs on the MDMC panel: RUN and ALM.
11.17 LEDs on the PAMU PanelThere are two LEDs on the PAMU panel: RUN and ALM.
11 LEDs on BSC PartsHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
11-2 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
11.1 LEDs on the Front Panel of the BSC Common PowerDistribution Box
The LEDs on the front panel of the BSC common power distribution box are labeled RUN andALM.
Table 11-1 describes the LEDs on the front panel of the BSC common power distribution box.
Table 11-1 LEDs on the front panel of the BSC common power distribution box
LED Color Status Meaning
RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The MDMC is operating andcommunicating with the GSCU.
On for 0.25s and offfor 0.25s
The MDMC is not operating or notcommunicating with the GSCU.
Off There is no power supply to the MDMCor the power distribution box is faulty.
ALM Red Off There is no alarm.
On The power distribution box is faulty. TheALM LED, however, is always on duringthe MDMC self-test. It is an indicationthat the ALM LED is functional.
NOTE
When the power distribution box is reset, the RUN and ALM LEDs turn on at the same time. Meanwhile,the monitoring board is performing self-check. As soon as the self-check is complete, the RUN and ALMLEDs turn off. Then, the RUN and ALM LEDs normally display the operating status of the powerdistribution box.
11.2 LEDs on the Front Panel of the BSC High-PowerDistribution Box
The LEDs on the front panel of the BSC high-power distribution box are labeled RUN and ALM.
Table 11-2 describes the LEDs on the front panel of the BSC high-power distribution box.
Table 11-2 LEDs on the front panel of the BSC high-power distribution box
LED Color Status Meaning
RUN Green On for 1s and off for1s
The PAMU is working and communicatingwith the GSCU.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 11 LEDs on BSC Parts
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
11-3
LED Color Status Meaning
On for 0.125s andoff for 0.125s
The PAMU is not working or notcommunicating with the GSCU.
Off The PAMU has no power input or the powerdistribution box is faulty.
ALM Red Off There is no alarm.
On The power distribution box is faulty. TheALM LED, however, is always on during thePAMU self-test. It is an indication that theALM LED is functional.
NOTE
When the power distribution box is reset, the RUN and ALM LEDs turn on at the same time. Meanwhile,the monitoring board is performing self-check. As soon as the self-check is complete, the RUN and ALMLEDs turn off. Then, the RUN and ALM LEDs normally display the operating status of the powerdistribution box.
11.3 LEDs on the GDPUC(DPUa) PanelThe LEDs on the GDPUC panel are labeled RUN, ALM, and ACT respectively.
Table 11-3 describes the LEDs on the GDPUC panel.
Table 11-3 LEDs on the board
LED Color Status Meaning
RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.
On for 0.125s and offfor 0.125s
The board is loading data.
On There is power input but the board isfaulty.
Off There is no power input or the boardis faulty.
ALM Red Off There is no alarm.
On or blinking There is an alarm.
ACT Green On The board works properly.
Off There is no power input or the boardis faulty.
11 LEDs on BSC PartsHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
11-4 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
11.4 LEDs on the GDPUP(DPUd) PanelThe LEDs on the GDPUP panel are RUN, ALM, and ACT.
Table 11-4 describes the LEDs on the GDPUP panel.
Table 11-4 LEDs on the board
LED Color Status Meaning
RUN Green On for 1s and off for1s
The board is working.
On for 0.125s andoff for 0.125s
The board is loading data.
On There is power input but the boardis faulty.
Off There is no power input or theboard is faulty.
ALM Red Off There is no alarm.
On or blinking There is an alarm.
ACT Green On The board works properly.
Off There is no power input or theboard is faulty.
11.5 LEDs on the GDPUX(DPUc) PanelThe LEDs on the GDPUX panel are RUN, ALM, and ACT.
Table 11-5 describes the LEDs on the GDPUX panel.
Table 11-5 LEDs on the board
LED Color Status Meaning
RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.
On for 0.125s and offfor 0.125s
The board is loading data.
On There is power input but theboard is faulty.
Off There is no power input or theboard is faulty.
ALM Red Off There is no alarm.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 11 LEDs on BSC Parts
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
11-5
LED Color Status Meaning
On or blinking There is an alarm.
ACT Green On The board works properly.
Off There is no power input or theboard is faulty.
11.6 LEDs on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) PanelThe physical boards of the GEHUB and GEPUG are the same. After being loaded with differentsoftware, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same types ofLEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, and ACT.
Table 11-6 describes the LEDs on the GEHUB/GEPUG panel.
Table 11-6 LEDs on the board
LED Color Status Meaning
RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.
On for 0.125s and off for0.125s
The board is loading data.
On There is power input but theboard is faulty.
Off There is no power input or theboard is faulty.
ALM Red Off There is no alarm.
On or blinking There is an alarm.
ACT Green On The board works in active mode.
Off The board works in standbymode.
11.7 LEDs on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)Panel
The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After beingloaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boardshave the same types of LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, and ACT.
Table 11-7 describes the LEDs on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel.
11 LEDs on BSC PartsHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
11-6 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
Table 11-7 LEDs on the board
LED Color Status Meaning
RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.
On for 0.125s and off for0.125s
The board is loading data.
On There is power input but theboard is faulty.
Off There is no power input or theboard is faulty.
ALM Red Off There is no alarm.
On or blinking There is an alarm.
ACT Green On The board works in activemode.
Off The board works in standbymode.
11.8 LEDs on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) PanelThe physical boards of the GFGUA, GFGUB, and GFGUG are the same. After being loadedwith different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have thesame types of LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, ACT, LINK (for Ethernet port), and ACT (forEthernet port).
Table 11-8 describes the LEDs on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel.
Table 11-8 LEDs on the board
LED Color Status Meaning
RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.
On for 0.125s and offfor 0.125s
The board is loading data.
On There is power input but the boardis faulty.
Off There is no power input or theboard is faulty.
ALM Red Off There is no alarm.
On or blinking There is an alarm.
ACT Green On The board works in active mode.
Off The board works in standby mode.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 11 LEDs on BSC Parts
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
11-7
Table 11-9 describes the LEDs of the Ethernet ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel.
Table 11-9 LEDs of the Ethernet ports
LED Color Status Meaning
LINK Green On The link is connected.
Off The link is disconnected.
ACT Orange Blinking Data is being transmitted throughthe port.
Off No data is being transmittedthrough the port.
11.9 LEDs on the GGCU PanelThere are three LEDs on the GGCU panel: RUN, ALM, and ACT.
Table 11-10 describes the three LEDs on the GGCU panel.
Table 11-10 LEDs on the board
LED Color Status Meaning
RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.
On for 0.125s and off for0.125s
The board is loading data.
On There is power input but theboard is faulty.
Off There is no power input or theboard is faulty.
ALM Red Off There is no alarm.
On or blinking There is an alarm.
ACT Green On The board works in activemode.
Off The board works in standbymode.
11 LEDs on BSC PartsHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
11-8 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
11.10 LEDs on the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) PanelThe physical boards of the GOGUA and GOGUB are the same. After being loaded with differentsoftware, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same types ofLEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, and ACT.
Table 11-11 describes the LEDs on the GOGUA/GOGUB panel.
Table 11-11 LEDs on the board
LED Color Status Meaning
RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.
On for 0.125s and off for0.125s
The board is loading data.
On There is power input but theboard is faulty.
Off There is no power input or theboard is faulty.
ALM Red Off There is no alarm.
On or blinking There is an alarm.
ACT Green On The board works in active mode.
Off The board works in standbymode.
11.11 LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa)Panel
The physical boards of the GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP and GOIUT are the same. After beingloaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. There are fourLEDs on the panel of each of these boards: RUN, ALM, ACT, and LOS.
Table 11-12 describes the LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel.
Table 11-12 LEDs on the board
LED Color
Status Meaning
RUN Green
On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.
On for 0.125s and off for0.125s
The board is loading data.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 11 LEDs on BSC Parts
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
11-9
LED Color
Status Meaning
On There is power input but the board isfaulty.
Off There is no power input or the board isfaulty.
ALM Red Off There is no alarm.
On or blinking There is an alarm.
ACT Green
On The board works in active mode.
Off The board works in standby mode.
LOS Green
On The STM-1 port does not receivesignals properly.
Off The STM-1 port receives signalsproperly.
11.12 LEDs on the GOMU PanelThere are five LEDs on the GOMU panel: RUN, ALM, ACT, OFFLINE, and HD.
Table 11-13 describes the LEDs on the GOMU panel.
Table 11-13 LEDs on the board
LED Color Status Meaning
RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.
On for 0.125s and off for0.125s
The board is loadingdata.
On There is power inputbut the board is faulty.
Off There is no power inputor the board is faulty.
ALM Red Off There is no alarm.
On or blinking There is an alarm.
ACT Green On The board works inactive mode.
Off The board works instandby mode.
11 LEDs on BSC PartsHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
11-10 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
LED Color Status Meaning
OFFLINE Blue On The board can beremoved.
Off The board cannot beremoved.
On for 0.125s and off for0.125s
The status of the boardis switching.
HD Green Blinking The hard disk isperforming read andwrite functions.
Off The hard disk is notperforming read andwrite functions.
11.13 LEDs on the GSCU PanelThere are four types of LEDs on the GSCU panel: the RUN, ALM, and ACT LEDs, and theLEDs of the Ethernet ports.
Table 11-14 describes the LEDs on the GSCU panel.
Table 11-14 LEDs on the board
LED Color Status Meaning
RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.
On for 0.125s and off for0.125s
The board is loading data.
On There is power input but theboard is faulty.
Off There is no power input or theboard is faulty.
ALM Red Off There is no alarm.
On or blinking There is an alarm.
ACT Green On The board works in activemode.
Off The board works in standbymode.
Table 11-15 describes the LEDs of the Ethernet ports on the GSCU panel.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 11 LEDs on BSC Parts
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
11-11
Table 11-15 LEDs of the Ethernet ports
LED Color Status Meaning
LINK Green On LEDs of the Ethernet ports,indicating that the link isconnected
Off LEDs of the Ethernet ports,indicating that the link isdisconnected
ACT Green Blinking LEDs of the Ethernet ports,indicating that there is a dataflow
Off LEDs of the Ethernet ports,indicating that there is no dataflow
11.14 LEDs on the GTNU PanelThere are three LEDs on the GTNU panel: RUN, ALM, and ACT.
Table 11-16 describes the LEDs on the GTNU panel.
Table 11-16 LEDs on the board
LED Color Status Meaning
RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.
On for 0.125s and off for0.125s
The board is loading data.
On There is power input but theboard is faulty.
Off There is no power input or theboard is faulty.
ALM Red Off There is no alarm.
On or blinking There is an alarm.
ACT Green On The board works in activemode.
Off The board works in standbymode.
11 LEDs on BSC PartsHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
11-12 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
11.15 LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) PanelThere are four types of LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel: the RUN, ALM, and ACTLEDs, and the LEDs of the Ethernet ports.
Table 11-17 describes the LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel.
Table 11-17 LEDs on the board
LED Color Status Meaning
RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.
On for 0.125s and off for0.125s
The board is loading data.
On There is power input but theboard is faulty.
Off There is no power input or theboard is faulty.
ALM Red Off There is no alarm.
On or blinking There is an alarm.
ACT Green On The board works in activemode.
Off The board works in standbymode.
NOTE
The functions of the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI Ethernet ports are the same as those of the GSCU Ethernetports.
11.16 LEDs on the MDMC PanelThere are two LEDs on the MDMC panel: RUN and ALM.
Table 11-18 describes the LEDs on the MDMC panel.
Table 11-18 LEDs on the board
LED Color Status Meaning
RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working andcommunicating with the GSCU.
On for 0.25s and offfor 0.25s
The board cannot communicate with theGSCU, or the board is not working.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 11 LEDs on BSC Parts
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
11-13
LED Color Status Meaning
Off There is no power supply or the powerdistribution box is faulty.
ALM Red Off There is no alarm.
On There is an alarm. When the board isstarting up, the status indicates that theALM indicator functions well.
11.17 LEDs on the PAMU PanelThere are two LEDs on the PAMU panel: RUN and ALM.
Table 11-19 describes the LEDs on the PAMU panel.
Table 11-19 LEDs on the board
LED Color Status Meaning
RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working andcommunicating with the GSCU.
On for 0.25s and offfor 0.25s
The board cannot communicate with theGSCU, or the board is not working.
Off There is no power supply or the powerdistribution box is faulty.
ALM Red Off There is no alarm.
On There is an alarm. When the board isstarting up, the status indicates that theALM indicator functions well.
11 LEDs on BSC PartsHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
11-14 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
12 DIP Switches on BSC Parts
About This Chapter
This describes the DIP switches on the subracks and the boards.
12.1 DIP Switches on the BSC SubrackThis describes the DIP switch on the BSC subrack. The DIP switch on the BSC subrack is usedto define the numbering of the BSC subrack.
12.2 DIP Switches on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa)The physical boards of the GEHUB and GEPUG are the same. After being loaded with differentsoftware, the physical boards perform different functions. They have the same types of DIPswitches: S2, S4, S6, S8, and S10.
12.3 DIP Switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After beingloaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. They have thesame types of DIP switches: S1, S3, S4, S5, and S6.
12.4 DIP Switch on the MDMCThere is a DIP switch labeled S2 on the MDMC.
12.5 DIP Switch on the PAMUThere is a DIP switch labeled SW1 on the PAMU.
12.6 DIP Switch on the PFCUThere is a DIP switch labeled SW1 on the PFCU.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 12 DIP Switches on BSC Parts
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
12-1
12.1 DIP Switches on the BSC SubrackThis describes the DIP switch on the BSC subrack. The DIP switch on the BSC subrack is usedto define the numbering of the BSC subrack.
AppearanceFigure 12-1 shows the DIP switches on the BSC subrack.
Figure 12-1 DIP switch on the BSC subrack
ON1 8
Meaning of the DIP BitsThe DIP bits are numbered in ascending order from bit 1 to bit 8. ON represents digit 0 and OFFrepresents digit 1. Table 12-1 provides the definitions of the bits.
Table 12-1 Definitions of the DIP bits
DIP Bit Meaning
1 (the least significant bit) Subrack number setting bit
2 Subrack number setting bit
3 Subrack number setting bit
4 Subrack number setting bit
5 Subrack number setting bit
6 Odd parity check bit
7 Reserved, undefined, generally set to 0 (ON)
8 (the most significantbit)
l For the GMPS, the bit should be set to 1 (OFF).l For the GEPS and GTCS, the bit should be set to 0 (ON).
Bit 8 (the most significant bit) is used to set the startup mode of the GSCU in the subrack. Thedefinitions of this bit are as follows:
12 DIP Switches on BSC PartsHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
12-2 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
l If this bit is set to 0 (the status of the DIP bit is ON), the GSCU is set to Not StartAutomatically. The startup of the GSCU depends on the GOMU. In other words, when theGSCU is started, it loads data from the GOMU.
l If this bit is set to 1 (the status of the DIP bit is OFF), the GSCU is set to Start Automatically.When the GSCU is started, it checks whether the Flash file is valid. If the Flash file is valid,the GSCU loads data from the Flash. If the Flash file is invalid, the GSCU loads data fromthe GOMU.
Setting SchemeAs the DIP switches use odd parity check, the number of 1s in the eight DIP bits must be an oddnumber. The setting should adhere to the following principles:
1. Set DIP bits 1 through 5 and DIP bit 8.2. Set DIP bit 7 to 0.3. Count the number of 1s that have been set.
l If the number of 1s is even, set DIP bit 6 to 1.l If the number of 1s is odd, set DIP bit 6 to 0.
Assume that the subracks are numbered from 0 to 3. For the setting of the DIP switches in thiscase, refer to Table 12-2. Subrack 0 should be the GMPS. Subracks 1 to 3 may be the GEPS orthe GTCS.
Table 12-2 Setting of the DIP switches
SubrackNo.
DIP Bit
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
(ON) (ON) (ON) (ON) (ON) (ON) (ON) (OFF)
1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
(OFF) (ON) (ON) (ON) (ON) (ON) (ON) (ON)
2 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
(ON) (OFF) (ON) (ON) (ON) (ON) (ON) (ON)
3 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 0
(OFF) (OFF) (ON) (ON) (ON) (OFF) (ON) (ON)
CAUTIONl The DIP switch setting and data validity check must be complete before a subrack is powered
on.l Setting and adjusting the DIP switch is not allowed when a subrack is powered on.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 12 DIP Switches on BSC Parts
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
12-3
12.2 DIP Switches on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa)The physical boards of the GEHUB and GEPUG are the same. After being loaded with differentsoftware, the physical boards perform different functions. They have the same types of DIPswitches: S2, S4, S6, S8, and S10.
Figure 12-2 shows the DIP switches on the GEHUB/GEPUG.
Figure 12-2 DIP switches on the GEHUB/GEPUG
S10
1
2
ONOFF
S4
S21 8
8 1OFFON
ONOFF
S6
S81 8
8 1
ONOFF
OFFON
(1) Sub-board (2) Bottom plate
NOTE
l All the DIP switches are located on the front side of the sub-board, and cannot be directly observedsince the sub-board is engaged to the bottom plate with its front side facing the bottom plate.
l The DIP switches, S2, S4, S6, S8, and S10, are set from the side. As shown in Figure 12-2, a squareopening is configured respectively between the S2 and the S4, and between the S8 and the S6 for theoperator to operate these switches. Switch S10 is locates at the right lower corner of the sub-board,therefore it can be operated from the edge of the sub-board.
The DIP switches, S2, S4, S6, and S8, are used to set the protection grounding of the transmittingends of E1/T1 links 0 to 31, and S10 is used to set the E1 balanced mode, E1 unbalanced mode,or T1 working mode. Table 12-3 and Table 12-4 describe S2, S4, S6, S8, and S10.
12 DIP Switches on BSC PartsHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
12-4 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
Table 12-3 DIP switches on GEHUB/GEPUG (75-ohm coaxial cable)
DIPSwitch
DIP Bit Description Switch Status Meaning
S2 1-8 Used to set the protectiongrounding of the transmittingend of E1/T1 links 24-31
ON 0
S4 1-8 Used to set the protectiongrounding of the transmittingend of E1/T1 links 16-23
ON 0
S6 1-8 Used to set the protectiongrounding of the transmittingend of E1/T1 links 0-7
ON 0
S8 1-8 Used to set the protectiongrounding of the transmittingend of E1/T1 links 8-15
ON 0
S10 1-2 Work mode switch,consisting of two DIP bits.
E1 unbalancedmode (ON, ON)
(0, 0)
Table 12-4 DIP switches on GEHUB/GEPUG (120-ohm twisted pair cable)
DIPSwitch
DIP Bit Description Switch Status Meaning
S2 1-8 Used to set the protectiongrounding of the transmittingend of E1/T1 links 24-31
OFF 1
S4 1-8 Used to set the protectiongrounding of the transmittingend of E1/T1 links 16-23
OFF 1
S6 1-8 Used to set the protectiongrounding of the transmittingend of E1/T1 links 0-7
OFF 1
S8 1-8 Used to set the protectiongrounding of the transmittingend of E1/T1 links 8-15
OFF 1
S10 1-2 Work mode switch,consisting of two DIP bits.
E1 balanced mode(OFF, ON)
(1, 0)
T1 mode (ON,OFF)
(0, 1)
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 12 DIP Switches on BSC Parts
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
12-5
NOTE
l When the signals are transmitted through a 75-ohm coaxial cable in E1 unbalanced mode, set the DIPswitch to ON and ground the TX end. When the signals are transmitted through a 120-ohm twisted paircable in E1 balanced mode or T1 mode, set the DIP switch to OFF and do not ground the TX end.
l By default, all the DIP switches are set for the transmission in E1 balanced mode. That is, all bits ofS2, S4, S6, and S8 are set to OFF. Bit 1 of S10 is set to OFF and bit 2 of S10 is set to ON.
12.3 DIP Switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)
The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After beingloaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. They have thesame types of DIP switches: S1, S3, S4, S5, and S6.
Figure 12-3 shows the layout of the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT.
Figure 12-3 Layout of the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT
1
2ONOFF
ONOFF
ONOFF
1 8
1 8
1 8
1 8
S6
S5
S4
S3
S1
1 8ONOFF
ONOFF
(1) Sub-board (2) Bottom plate
12 DIP Switches on BSC PartsHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
12-6 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
CAUTIONAll the DIP switches are located on the front side of the sub-board. The front of the sub-boardfaces and fits into the bottom plate. Therefore, you should remove the sub-board before settingthe DIP switches.
Table 12-5 describes the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT.
Table 12-5 DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT
DIPSwitch
DIPBit
Description Settingfor 75-ohmCoaxialCable
Value ofDIP Bitfor 75-ohmCoaxialCable
Settingfor 120-ohmTwistedPairCable
Valueof DIPBit for120-ohmTwisted PairCable
S1 8 Used to select theimpedance on E1/T1links 0-7
ON 0 OFF 1
7 Used to select theimpedance on E1/T1links 8-15
ON 0 OFF 1
6 Used to select theimpedance on E1/T1links 16-23
ON 0 OFF 1
5 Used to select theimpedance on E1/T1links 24-31
ON 0 OFF 1
1-4 Reserved
S3 1-8 Used to set theprotection grounding ofthe transmitting end ofE1/T1 links 0-7
ON 0 OFF 1
S4 1-8 Used to set theprotection grounding ofthe transmitting end ofE1/T1 links 8-15
ON 0 OFF 1
S5 1-8 Used to set theprotection grounding ofthe transmitting end ofE1/T1 links 16-23
ON 0 OFF 1
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 12 DIP Switches on BSC Parts
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
12-7
DIPSwitch
DIPBit
Description Settingfor 75-ohmCoaxialCable
Value ofDIP Bitfor 75-ohmCoaxialCable
Settingfor 120-ohmTwistedPairCable
Valueof DIPBit for120-ohmTwisted PairCable
S6 1-8 Used to set theprotection grounding ofthe transmitting end ofE1/T1 links 24-31
ON 0 OFF 1
Table 12-6 describes different switches listed in Table 12-5.
Table 12-6 Switch types related to the DIP bits
DIP Switch Description
E1/T1 impedance selection switch Used to select the logical transmission mode of theboard and to notify the software of the currenttransmission mode
Switch used to set the protectiongrounding of the E1/T1 transmittingend
Used to control the grounding of the transmitting endof the E1/T1 signals:l When E1/T1 signals are transmitted through a 75-
ohm coaxial cable in unbalanced transmissionmode, set the DIP bit to ON and ground the TXend.
l When E1/T1 signals are transmitted through a 120-ohm coaxial cable in balanced transmission mode,set the DIP bit to OFF and ground the TX end.
NOTE
l By default, the DIP switches are set in 75-ohm coaxial transmission mode.
l The setting for the DIP switches on the active EIUa board must be the same as that for the DIPswitches on the standby EIUa board.
l The receiving ends should not be grounded in either balanced or unbalanced modes.
l Pay attention to the mapping between the two types of DIP switches.
12.4 DIP Switch on the MDMCThere is a DIP switch labeled S2 on the MDMC.
Figure 12-4 shows the DIP switch on the MDMC.
12 DIP Switches on BSC PartsHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
12-8 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
Figure 12-4 DIP switch on the MDMC
S2
1 4 ON
OFF
S2 is used to set the address of the MDMC.
To set the address of the MDMC, pull out the MDMC, and then set S2 by referring to Table12-7.
Table 12-7 Setting of S2
Address DIP Bit Switch Status Meaning
0 1 (the most significantbit)
ON 0
2 ON 0
3 ON 0
4 (the least significantbit)
ON 0
NOTE
In the BSC, the DIP switch on the MDMC must be set according to the specifications listed in Table12-7.
12.5 DIP Switch on the PAMUThere is a DIP switch labeled SW1 on the PAMU.
Figure 12-5 shows the DIP switch on the PAMU.
Figure 12-5 DIP switch on the PAMU
SW1
1 4 ON
OFF
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 12 DIP Switches on BSC Parts
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
12-9
SW1 (with four bits) is used to set the address of the PAMU.
To set the address of the PAMU, pull out the PAMU, and then set SW1 by referring to Table12-8.
Table 12-8 Settings of SW1
Address DIP Bit Switch Status Meaning
0 1 (the most significantbit)
ON 0
2 ON 0
3 ON 0
4 (the least significantbit)
ON 0
NOTE
In the BSC, the DIP switch on the PAMU must be set according to the specifications listed in Table12-8.
12.6 DIP Switch on the PFCUThere is a DIP switch labeled SW1 on the PFCU.
Figure 12-6 shows the DIP switch on the PFCU.
Figure 12-6 DIP switch on the PFCU
1 4 ONOFFSW1
SW1 (with four bits) is used to set the address of the PFCU.
To set the address of the PFCU, pull out the fan box, and then set SW1 by referring to Table12-9.
For how to pull out the fan box, refer to Replacing the BSC Fan Box. After the setting, theaddress of the PFCU is 1.
12 DIP Switches on BSC PartsHUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller
BSC Hardware Description
12-10 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 05 (2010-09-20)
Table 12-9 Settings of S1
Address DIP Bit Switch Status Meaning
SW1 1 (the least significantbit)
OFF 1
2 ON 0
3 ON 0
4 (the most significantbit)
ON 0
NOTE
In the BSC, the DIP switch on the PFCU must be set according to the specifications listed in Table 12-9.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station ControllerBSC Hardware Description 12 DIP Switches on BSC Parts
Issue 05 (2010-09-20) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
12-11